| author | kleing | 
| Sat, 17 Apr 2004 00:46:22 +0200 | |
| changeset 14610 | 9c2e31e483b2 | 
| parent 14202 | 643fc73e2910 | 
| child 28871 | 111bbd2b12db | 
| permissions | -rw-r--r-- | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1  | 
%% $Id$  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2  | 
\chapter{Zermelo-Fraenkel Set Theory}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
3  | 
\index{set theory|(}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
4  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
5  | 
The theory~\thydx{ZF} implements Zermelo-Fraenkel set
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
6  | 
theory~\cite{halmos60,suppes72} as an extension of~\texttt{FOL}, classical
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
7  | 
first-order logic. The theory includes a collection of derived natural  | 
| 14154 | 8  | 
deduction rules, for use with Isabelle's classical reasoner. Some  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
9  | 
of it is based on the work of No\"el~\cite{noel}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
10  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
11  | 
A tremendous amount of set theory has been formally developed, including the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
12  | 
basic properties of relations, functions, ordinals and cardinals. Significant  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
13  | 
results have been proved, such as the Schr\"oder-Bernstein Theorem, the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
14  | 
Wellordering Theorem and a version of Ramsey's Theorem.  \texttt{ZF} provides
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
15  | 
both the integers and the natural numbers. General methods have been  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
16  | 
developed for solving recursion equations over monotonic functors; these have  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
17  | 
been applied to yield constructions of lists, trees, infinite lists, etc.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
18  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
19  | 
\texttt{ZF} has a flexible package for handling inductive definitions,
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
20  | 
such as inference systems, and datatype definitions, such as lists and  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
21  | 
trees. Moreover it handles coinductive definitions, such as  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
22  | 
bisimulation relations, and codatatype definitions, such as streams. It  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
23  | 
provides a streamlined syntax for defining primitive recursive functions over  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
24  | 
datatypes.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
25  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
26  | 
Published articles~\cite{paulson-set-I,paulson-set-II} describe \texttt{ZF}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
27  | 
less formally than this chapter. Isabelle employs a novel treatment of  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
28  | 
non-well-founded data structures within the standard {\sc zf} axioms including
 | 
| 6592 | 29  | 
the Axiom of Foundation~\cite{paulson-mscs}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
30  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
31  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
32  | 
\section{Which version of axiomatic set theory?}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
33  | 
The two main axiom systems for set theory are Bernays-G\"odel~({\sc bg})
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
34  | 
and Zermelo-Fraenkel~({\sc zf}).  Resolution theorem provers can use {\sc
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
35  | 
  bg} because it is finite~\cite{boyer86,quaife92}.  {\sc zf} does not
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
36  | 
have a finite axiom system because of its Axiom Scheme of Replacement.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
37  | 
This makes it awkward to use with many theorem provers, since instances  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
38  | 
of the axiom scheme have to be invoked explicitly. Since Isabelle has no  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
39  | 
difficulty with axiom schemes, we may adopt either axiom system.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
40  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
41  | 
These two theories differ in their treatment of {\bf classes}, which are
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
42  | 
collections that are `too big' to be sets. The class of all sets,~$V$,  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
43  | 
cannot be a set without admitting Russell's Paradox.  In {\sc bg}, both
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
44  | 
classes and sets are individuals; $x\in V$ expresses that $x$ is a set. In  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
45  | 
{\sc zf}, all variables denote sets; classes are identified with unary
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
46  | 
predicates. The two systems define essentially the same sets and classes,  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
47  | 
with similar properties. In particular, a class cannot belong to another  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
48  | 
class (let alone a set).  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
49  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
50  | 
Modern set theorists tend to prefer {\sc zf} because they are mainly concerned
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
51  | 
with sets, rather than classes.  {\sc bg} requires tiresome proofs that various
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
52  | 
collections are sets; for instance, showing $x\in\{x\}$ requires showing that
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
53  | 
$x$ is a set.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
54  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
55  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
56  | 
\begin{figure} \small
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
57  | 
\begin{center}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
58  | 
\begin{tabular}{rrr} 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
59  | 
\it name &\it meta-type & \it description \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
60  | 
  \cdx{Let}     & $[\alpha,\alpha\To\beta]\To\beta$ & let binder\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
61  | 
  \cdx{0}       & $i$           & empty set\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
62  | 
  \cdx{cons}    & $[i,i]\To i$  & finite set constructor\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
63  | 
  \cdx{Upair}   & $[i,i]\To i$  & unordered pairing\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
64  | 
  \cdx{Pair}    & $[i,i]\To i$  & ordered pairing\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
65  | 
  \cdx{Inf}     & $i$   & infinite set\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
66  | 
  \cdx{Pow}     & $i\To i$      & powerset\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
67  | 
  \cdx{Union} \cdx{Inter} & $i\To i$    & set union/intersection \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
68  | 
  \cdx{split}   & $[[i,i]\To i, i] \To i$ & generalized projection\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
69  | 
  \cdx{fst} \cdx{snd}   & $i\To i$      & projections\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
70  | 
  \cdx{converse}& $i\To i$      & converse of a relation\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
71  | 
  \cdx{succ}    & $i\To i$      & successor\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
72  | 
  \cdx{Collect} & $[i,i\To o]\To i$     & separation\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
73  | 
  \cdx{Replace} & $[i, [i,i]\To o] \To i$       & replacement\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
74  | 
  \cdx{PrimReplace} & $[i, [i,i]\To o] \To i$   & primitive replacement\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
75  | 
  \cdx{RepFun}  & $[i, i\To i] \To i$   & functional replacement\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
76  | 
  \cdx{Pi} \cdx{Sigma}  & $[i,i\To i]\To i$     & general product/sum\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
77  | 
  \cdx{domain}  & $i\To i$      & domain of a relation\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
78  | 
  \cdx{range}   & $i\To i$      & range of a relation\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
79  | 
  \cdx{field}   & $i\To i$      & field of a relation\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
80  | 
  \cdx{Lambda}  & $[i, i\To i]\To i$    & $\lambda$-abstraction\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
81  | 
  \cdx{restrict}& $[i, i] \To i$        & restriction of a function\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
82  | 
  \cdx{The}     & $[i\To o]\To i$       & definite description\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
83  | 
  \cdx{if}      & $[o,i,i]\To i$        & conditional\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
84  | 
  \cdx{Ball} \cdx{Bex}  & $[i, i\To o]\To o$    & bounded quantifiers
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
85  | 
\end{tabular}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
86  | 
\end{center}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
87  | 
\subcaption{Constants}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
88  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
89  | 
\begin{center}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
90  | 
\index{*"`"` symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
91  | 
\index{*"-"`"` symbol}
 | 
| 
9836
 
56b632fd1dcd
simplified two index entries, since now ZF is by itself
 
paulson 
parents: 
9695 
diff
changeset
 | 
92  | 
\index{*"` symbol}\index{function applications}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
93  | 
\index{*"- symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
94  | 
\index{*": symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
95  | 
\index{*"<"= symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
96  | 
\begin{tabular}{rrrr} 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
97  | 
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
98  | 
\tt `` & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 90 & image \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
99  | 
\tt -`` & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 90 & inverse image \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
100  | 
\tt ` & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 90 & application \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
101  | 
  \sdx{Int}     & $[i,i]\To i$  &  Left 70      & intersection ($\int$) \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
102  | 
  \sdx{Un}      & $[i,i]\To i$  &  Left 65      & union ($\un$) \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
103  | 
\tt - & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 65 & set difference ($-$) \\[1ex]  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
104  | 
\tt: & $[i,i]\To o$ & Left 50 & membership ($\in$) \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
105  | 
\tt <= & $[i,i]\To o$ & Left 50 & subset ($\subseteq$)  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
106  | 
\end{tabular}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
107  | 
\end{center}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
108  | 
\subcaption{Infixes}
 | 
| 9695 | 109  | 
\caption{Constants of ZF} \label{zf-constants}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
110  | 
\end{figure} 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
111  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
112  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
113  | 
\section{The syntax of set theory}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
114  | 
The language of set theory, as studied by logicians, has no constants. The  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
115  | 
traditional axioms merely assert the existence of empty sets, unions,  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
116  | 
powersets, etc.; this would be intolerable for practical reasoning. The  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
117  | 
Isabelle theory declares constants for primitive sets. It also extends  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
118  | 
\texttt{FOL} with additional syntax for finite sets, ordered pairs,
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
119  | 
comprehension, general union/intersection, general sums/products, and  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
120  | 
bounded quantifiers. In most other respects, Isabelle implements precisely  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
121  | 
Zermelo-Fraenkel set theory.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
122  | 
|
| 9695 | 123  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-constants} lists the constants and infixes of~ZF, while
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
124  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-trans} presents the syntax translations.  Finally,
 | 
| 9695 | 125  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-syntax} presents the full grammar for set theory, including the
 | 
126  | 
constructs of FOL.  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
127  | 
|
| 14154 | 128  | 
Local abbreviations can be introduced by a \isa{let} construct whose
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
129  | 
syntax appears in Fig.\ts\ref{zf-syntax}.  Internally it is translated into
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
130  | 
the constant~\cdx{Let}.  It can be expanded by rewriting with its
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
131  | 
definition, \tdx{Let_def}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
132  | 
|
| 14154 | 133  | 
Apart from \isa{let}, set theory does not use polymorphism.  All terms in
 | 
134  | 
ZF have type~\tydx{i}, which is the type of individuals and has
 | 
|
135  | 
class~\cldx{term}.  The type of first-order formulae, remember, 
 | 
|
136  | 
is~\tydx{o}.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
137  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
138  | 
Infix operators include binary union and intersection ($A\un B$ and  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
139  | 
$A\int B$), set difference ($A-B$), and the subset and membership  | 
| 14154 | 140  | 
relations. Note that $a$\verb|~:|$b$ is translated to $\lnot(a\in b)$,  | 
141  | 
which is equivalent to $a\notin b$. The  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
142  | 
union and intersection operators ($\bigcup A$ and $\bigcap A$) form the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
143  | 
union or intersection of a set of sets; $\bigcup A$ means the same as  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
144  | 
$\bigcup@{x\in A}x$.  Of these operators, only $\bigcup A$ is primitive.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
145  | 
|
| 14154 | 146  | 
The constant \cdx{Upair} constructs unordered pairs; thus \isa{Upair($A$,$B$)} denotes the set~$\{A,B\}$ and
 | 
147  | 
\isa{Upair($A$,$A$)} denotes the singleton~$\{A\}$.  General union is
 | 
|
148  | 
used to define binary union. The Isabelle version goes on to define  | 
|
149  | 
the constant  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
150  | 
\cdx{cons}:
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
151  | 
\begin{eqnarray*}
 | 
| 14154 | 152  | 
   A\cup B              & \equiv &       \bigcup(\isa{Upair}(A,B)) \\
 | 
153  | 
   \isa{cons}(a,B)      & \equiv &        \isa{Upair}(a,a) \un B
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
154  | 
\end{eqnarray*}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
155  | 
The $\{a@1, \ldots\}$ notation abbreviates finite sets constructed in the
 | 
| 14154 | 156  | 
obvious manner using~\isa{cons} and~$\emptyset$ (the empty set) \isasymin \begin{eqnarray*}
 | 
157  | 
 \{a,b,c\} & \equiv & \isa{cons}(a,\isa{cons}(b,\isa{cons}(c,\emptyset)))
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
158  | 
\end{eqnarray*}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
159  | 
|
| 14154 | 160  | 
The constant \cdx{Pair} constructs ordered pairs, as in \isa{Pair($a$,$b$)}.  Ordered pairs may also be written within angle brackets,
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
161  | 
as {\tt<$a$,$b$>}.  The $n$-tuple {\tt<$a@1$,\ldots,$a@{n-1}$,$a@n$>}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
162  | 
abbreviates the nest of pairs\par\nobreak  | 
| 14154 | 163  | 
\centerline{\isa{Pair($a@1$,\ldots,Pair($a@{n-1}$,$a@n$)\ldots).}}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
164  | 
|
| 9695 | 165  | 
In ZF, a function is a set of pairs. A ZF function~$f$ is simply an  | 
166  | 
individual as far as Isabelle is concerned: its Isabelle type is~$i$, not say  | 
|
167  | 
$i\To i$.  The infix operator~{\tt`} denotes the application of a function set
 | 
|
168  | 
to its argument; we must write~$f{\tt`}x$, not~$f(x)$.  The syntax for image
 | 
|
169  | 
is~$f{\tt``}A$ and that for inverse image is~$f{\tt-``}A$.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
170  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
171  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
172  | 
\begin{figure} 
 | 
| 
9836
 
56b632fd1dcd
simplified two index entries, since now ZF is by itself
 
paulson 
parents: 
9695 
diff
changeset
 | 
173  | 
\index{lambda abs@$\lambda$-abstractions}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
174  | 
\index{*"-"> symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
175  | 
\index{*"* symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
176  | 
\begin{center} \footnotesize\tt\frenchspacing
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
177  | 
\begin{tabular}{rrr} 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
178  | 
\it external & \it internal & \it description \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
179  | 
$a$ \ttilde: $b$ & \ttilde($a$ : $b$) & \rm negated membership\\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
180  | 
\ttlbrace$a@1$, $\ldots$, $a@n$\ttrbrace & cons($a@1$,$\ldots$,cons($a@n$,0)) &  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
181  | 
\rm finite set \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
182  | 
  <$a@1$, $\ldots$, $a@{n-1}$, $a@n$> & 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
183  | 
        Pair($a@1$,\ldots,Pair($a@{n-1}$,$a@n$)\ldots) &
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
184  | 
\rm ordered $n$-tuple \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
185  | 
\ttlbrace$x$:$A . P[x]$\ttrbrace & Collect($A$,$\lambda x. P[x]$) &  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
186  | 
\rm separation \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
187  | 
\ttlbrace$y . x$:$A$, $Q[x,y]$\ttrbrace & Replace($A$,$\lambda x\,y. Q[x,y]$) &  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
188  | 
\rm replacement \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
189  | 
\ttlbrace$b[x] . x$:$A$\ttrbrace & RepFun($A$,$\lambda x. b[x]$) &  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
190  | 
\rm functional replacement \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
191  | 
  \sdx{INT} $x$:$A . B[x]$      & Inter(\ttlbrace$B[x] . x$:$A$\ttrbrace) &
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
192  | 
\rm general intersection \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
193  | 
  \sdx{UN}  $x$:$A . B[x]$      & Union(\ttlbrace$B[x] . x$:$A$\ttrbrace) &
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
194  | 
\rm general union \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
195  | 
  \sdx{PROD} $x$:$A . B[x]$     & Pi($A$,$\lambda x. B[x]$) & 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
196  | 
\rm general product \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
197  | 
  \sdx{SUM}  $x$:$A . B[x]$     & Sigma($A$,$\lambda x. B[x]$) & 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
198  | 
\rm general sum \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
199  | 
$A$ -> $B$ & Pi($A$,$\lambda x. B$) &  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
200  | 
\rm function space \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
201  | 
$A$ * $B$ & Sigma($A$,$\lambda x. B$) &  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
202  | 
\rm binary product \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
203  | 
  \sdx{THE}  $x . P[x]$ & The($\lambda x. P[x]$) & 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
204  | 
\rm definite description \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
205  | 
  \sdx{lam}  $x$:$A . b[x]$     & Lambda($A$,$\lambda x. b[x]$) & 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
206  | 
\rm $\lambda$-abstraction\\[1ex]  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
207  | 
  \sdx{ALL} $x$:$A . P[x]$      & Ball($A$,$\lambda x. P[x]$) & 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
208  | 
\rm bounded $\forall$ \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
209  | 
  \sdx{EX}  $x$:$A . P[x]$      & Bex($A$,$\lambda x. P[x]$) & 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
210  | 
\rm bounded $\exists$  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
211  | 
\end{tabular}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
212  | 
\end{center}
 | 
| 9695 | 213  | 
\caption{Translations for ZF} \label{zf-trans}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
214  | 
\end{figure} 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
215  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
216  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
217  | 
\begin{figure} 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
218  | 
\index{*let symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
219  | 
\index{*in symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
220  | 
\dquotes  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
221  | 
\[\begin{array}{rcl}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
222  | 
    term & = & \hbox{expression of type~$i$} \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
223  | 
& | & "let"~id~"="~term";"\dots";"~id~"="~term~"in"~term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
224  | 
& | & "if"~term~"then"~term~"else"~term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
225  | 
         & | & "{\ttlbrace} " term\; ("," term)^* " {\ttrbrace}" \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
226  | 
         & | & "< "  term\; ("," term)^* " >"  \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
227  | 
         & | & "{\ttlbrace} " id ":" term " . " formula " {\ttrbrace}" \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
228  | 
         & | & "{\ttlbrace} " id " . " id ":" term ", " formula " {\ttrbrace}" \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
229  | 
         & | & "{\ttlbrace} " term " . " id ":" term " {\ttrbrace}" \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
230  | 
& | & term " `` " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
231  | 
& | & term " -`` " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
232  | 
& | & term " ` " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
233  | 
& | & term " * " term \\  | 
| 14158 | 234  | 
& | & term " \isasyminter " term \\  | 
| 14154 | 235  | 
& | & term " \isasymunion " term \\  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
236  | 
& | & term " - " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
237  | 
& | & term " -> " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
238  | 
& | & "THE~~" id " . " formula\\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
239  | 
& | & "lam~~" id ":" term " . " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
240  | 
& | & "INT~~" id ":" term " . " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
241  | 
& | & "UN~~~" id ":" term " . " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
242  | 
& | & "PROD~" id ":" term " . " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
243  | 
& | & "SUM~~" id ":" term " . " term \\[2ex]  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
244  | 
 formula & = & \hbox{expression of type~$o$} \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
245  | 
& | & term " : " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
246  | 
& | & term " \ttilde: " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
247  | 
& | & term " <= " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
248  | 
& | & term " = " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
249  | 
& | & term " \ttilde= " term \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
250  | 
& | & "\ttilde\ " formula \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
251  | 
& | & formula " \& " formula \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
252  | 
& | & formula " | " formula \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
253  | 
& | & formula " --> " formula \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
254  | 
& | & formula " <-> " formula \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
255  | 
& | & "ALL " id ":" term " . " formula \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
256  | 
& | & "EX~~" id ":" term " . " formula \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
257  | 
& | & "ALL~" id~id^* " . " formula \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
258  | 
& | & "EX~~" id~id^* " . " formula \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
259  | 
& | & "EX!~" id~id^* " . " formula  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
260  | 
  \end{array}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
261  | 
\]  | 
| 9695 | 262  | 
\caption{Full grammar for ZF} \label{zf-syntax}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
263  | 
\end{figure} 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
264  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
265  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
266  | 
\section{Binding operators}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
267  | 
The constant \cdx{Collect} constructs sets by the principle of {\bf
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
268  | 
separation}. The syntax for separation is  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
269  | 
\hbox{\tt\ttlbrace$x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$\ttrbrace}, where $P[x]$ is a formula
 | 
| 14154 | 270  | 
that may contain free occurrences of~$x$.  It abbreviates the set \isa{Collect($A$,$\lambda x. P[x]$)}, which consists of all $x\in A$ that
 | 
271  | 
satisfy~$P[x]$.  Note that \isa{Collect} is an unfortunate choice of
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
272  | 
name: some set theories adopt a set-formation principle, related to  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
273  | 
replacement, called collection.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
274  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
275  | 
The constant \cdx{Replace} constructs sets by the principle of {\bf
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
276  | 
replacement}. The syntax  | 
| 14154 | 277  | 
\hbox{\tt\ttlbrace$y$.\ $x$:$A$,$Q[x,y]$\ttrbrace} denotes the set 
 | 
278  | 
\isa{Replace($A$,$\lambda x\,y. Q[x,y]$)}, which consists of all~$y$ such
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
279  | 
that there exists $x\in A$ satisfying~$Q[x,y]$. The Replacement Axiom  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
280  | 
has the condition that $Q$ must be single-valued over~$A$: for  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
281  | 
all~$x\in A$ there exists at most one $y$ satisfying~$Q[x,y]$. A  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
282  | 
single-valued binary predicate is also called a {\bf class function}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
283  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
284  | 
The constant \cdx{RepFun} expresses a special case of replacement,
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
285  | 
where $Q[x,y]$ has the form $y=b[x]$. Such a $Q$ is trivially  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
286  | 
single-valued, since it is just the graph of the meta-level  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
287  | 
function~$\lambda x. b[x]$. The resulting set consists of all $b[x]$  | 
| 14154 | 288  | 
for~$x\in A$.  This is analogous to the \ML{} functional \isa{map},
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
289  | 
since it applies a function to every element of a set. The syntax is  | 
| 14154 | 290  | 
\isa{\ttlbrace$b[x]$.\ $x$:$A$\ttrbrace}, which expands to 
 | 
291  | 
\isa{RepFun($A$,$\lambda x. b[x]$)}.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
292  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
293  | 
\index{*INT symbol}\index{*UN symbol} 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
294  | 
General unions and intersections of indexed  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
295  | 
families of sets, namely $\bigcup@{x\in A}B[x]$ and $\bigcap@{x\in A}B[x]$,
 | 
| 14154 | 296  | 
are written \isa{UN $x$:$A$.\ $B[x]$} and \isa{INT $x$:$A$.\ $B[x]$}.
 | 
297  | 
Their meaning is expressed using \isa{RepFun} as
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
298  | 
\[  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
299  | 
\bigcup(\{B[x]. x\in A\}) \qquad\hbox{and}\qquad 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
300  | 
\bigcap(\{B[x]. x\in A\}). 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
301  | 
\]  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
302  | 
General sums $\sum@{x\in A}B[x]$ and products $\prod@{x\in A}B[x]$ can be
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
303  | 
constructed in set theory, where $B[x]$ is a family of sets over~$A$. They  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
304  | 
have as special cases $A\times B$ and $A\to B$, where $B$ is simply a set.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
305  | 
This is similar to the situation in Constructive Type Theory (set theory  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
306  | 
has `dependent sets') and calls for similar syntactic conventions. The  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
307  | 
constants~\cdx{Sigma} and~\cdx{Pi} construct general sums and
 | 
| 14154 | 308  | 
products.  Instead of \isa{Sigma($A$,$B$)} and \isa{Pi($A$,$B$)} we may
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
309  | 
write  | 
| 14154 | 310  | 
\isa{SUM $x$:$A$.\ $B[x]$} and \isa{PROD $x$:$A$.\ $B[x]$}.  
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
311  | 
\index{*SUM symbol}\index{*PROD symbol}%
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
312  | 
The special cases as \hbox{\tt$A$*$B$} and \hbox{\tt$A$->$B$} abbreviate
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
313  | 
general sums and products over a constant family.\footnote{Unlike normal
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
314  | 
infix operators, {\tt*} and {\tt->} merely define abbreviations; there are
 | 
| 14154 | 315  | 
no constants~\isa{op~*} and~\isa{op~->}.} Isabelle accepts these
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
316  | 
abbreviations in parsing and uses them whenever possible for printing.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
317  | 
|
| 9695 | 318  | 
\index{*THE symbol} As mentioned above, whenever the axioms assert the
 | 
319  | 
existence and uniqueness of a set, Isabelle's set theory declares a constant  | 
|
320  | 
for that set.  These constants can express the {\bf definite description}
 | 
|
321  | 
operator~$\iota x. P[x]$, which stands for the unique~$a$ satisfying~$P[a]$,  | 
|
322  | 
if such exists. Since all terms in ZF denote something, a description is  | 
|
323  | 
always meaningful, but we do not know its value unless $P[x]$ defines it  | 
|
| 14154 | 324  | 
uniquely.  Using the constant~\cdx{The}, we may write descriptions as 
 | 
325  | 
\isa{The($\lambda x. P[x]$)} or use the syntax \isa{THE $x$.\ $P[x]$}.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
326  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
327  | 
\index{*lam symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
328  | 
Function sets may be written in $\lambda$-notation; $\lambda x\in A. b[x]$  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
329  | 
stands for the set of all pairs $\pair{x,b[x]}$ for $x\in A$.  In order for
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
330  | 
this to be a set, the function's domain~$A$ must be given. Using the  | 
| 14154 | 331  | 
constant~\cdx{Lambda}, we may express function sets as \isa{Lambda($A$,$\lambda x. b[x]$)} or use the syntax \isa{lam $x$:$A$.\ $b[x]$}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
332  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
333  | 
Isabelle's set theory defines two {\bf bounded quantifiers}:
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
334  | 
\begin{eqnarray*}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
335  | 
   \forall x\in A. P[x] &\hbox{abbreviates}& \forall x. x\in A\imp P[x] \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
336  | 
   \exists x\in A. P[x] &\hbox{abbreviates}& \exists x. x\in A\conj P[x]
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
337  | 
\end{eqnarray*}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
338  | 
The constants~\cdx{Ball} and~\cdx{Bex} are defined
 | 
| 14154 | 339  | 
accordingly.  Instead of \isa{Ball($A$,$P$)} and \isa{Bex($A$,$P$)} we may
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
340  | 
write  | 
| 14154 | 341  | 
\isa{ALL $x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$} and \isa{EX $x$:$A$.\ $P[x]$}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
342  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
343  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
344  | 
%%%% ZF.thy  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
345  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
346  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 347  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
348  | 
\tdx{Let_def}:           Let(s, f) == f(s)
 | 
|
349  | 
||
350  | 
\tdx{Ball_def}:          Ball(A,P) == {\isasymforall}x. x \isasymin A --> P(x)
 | 
|
351  | 
\tdx{Bex_def}:           Bex(A,P)  == {\isasymexists}x. x \isasymin A & P(x)
 | 
|
352  | 
||
353  | 
\tdx{subset_def}:        A \isasymsubseteq B  == {\isasymforall}x \isasymin A. x \isasymin B
 | 
|
354  | 
\tdx{extension}:         A = B  <->  A \isasymsubseteq B & B \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
|
355  | 
||
356  | 
\tdx{Union_iff}:         A \isasymin Union(C) <-> ({\isasymexists}B \isasymin C. A \isasymin B)
 | 
|
357  | 
\tdx{Pow_iff}:           A \isasymin Pow(B) <-> A \isasymsubseteq B
 | 
|
358  | 
\tdx{foundation}:        A=0 | ({\isasymexists}x \isasymin A. {\isasymforall}y \isasymin x. y \isasymnotin A)
 | 
|
359  | 
||
360  | 
\tdx{replacement}:       ({\isasymforall}x \isasymin A. {\isasymforall}y z. P(x,y) & P(x,z) --> y=z) ==>
 | 
|
361  | 
                   b \isasymin PrimReplace(A,P) <-> ({\isasymexists}x{\isasymin}A. P(x,b))
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
362  | 
\subcaption{The Zermelo-Fraenkel Axioms}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
363  | 
|
| 14154 | 364  | 
\tdx{Replace_def}: Replace(A,P) == 
 | 
365  | 
PrimReplace(A, \%x y. (\isasymexists!z. P(x,z)) & P(x,y))  | 
|
366  | 
\tdx{RepFun_def}:  RepFun(A,f)  == {\ttlbrace}y . x \isasymin A, y=f(x)\ttrbrace
 | 
|
367  | 
\tdx{the_def}:     The(P)       == Union({\ttlbrace}y . x \isasymin {\ttlbrace}0{\ttrbrace}, P(y){\ttrbrace})
 | 
|
368  | 
\tdx{if_def}:      if(P,a,b)    == THE z. P & z=a | ~P & z=b
 | 
|
369  | 
\tdx{Collect_def}: Collect(A,P) == {\ttlbrace}y . x \isasymin A, x=y & P(x){\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
370  | 
\tdx{Upair_def}:   Upair(a,b)   == 
 | 
|
371  | 
               {\ttlbrace}y. x\isasymin{}Pow(Pow(0)), x=0 & y=a | x=Pow(0) & y=b{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
372  | 
\subcaption{Consequences of replacement}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
373  | 
|
| 14154 | 374  | 
\tdx{Inter_def}:   Inter(A) == {\ttlbrace}x \isasymin Union(A) . {\isasymforall}y \isasymin A. x \isasymin y{\ttrbrace}
 | 
375  | 
\tdx{Un_def}:      A \isasymunion B  == Union(Upair(A,B))
 | 
|
| 14158 | 376  | 
\tdx{Int_def}:     A \isasyminter B  == Inter(Upair(A,B))
 | 
| 14154 | 377  | 
\tdx{Diff_def}:    A - B    == {\ttlbrace}x \isasymin A . x \isasymnotin B{\ttrbrace}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
378  | 
\subcaption{Union, intersection, difference}
 | 
| 14154 | 379  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 9695 | 380  | 
\caption{Rules and axioms of ZF} \label{zf-rules}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
381  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
382  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
383  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
384  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 385  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
386  | 
\tdx{cons_def}:    cons(a,A) == Upair(a,a) \isasymunion A
 | 
|
387  | 
\tdx{succ_def}:    succ(i) == cons(i,i)
 | 
|
388  | 
\tdx{infinity}:    0 \isasymin Inf & ({\isasymforall}y \isasymin Inf. succ(y) \isasymin Inf)
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
389  | 
\subcaption{Finite and infinite sets}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
390  | 
|
| 14154 | 391  | 
\tdx{Pair_def}:      <a,b>      == {\ttlbrace}{\ttlbrace}a,a{\ttrbrace}, {\ttlbrace}a,b{\ttrbrace}{\ttrbrace}
 | 
392  | 
\tdx{split_def}:     split(c,p) == THE y. {\isasymexists}a b. p=<a,b> & y=c(a,b)
 | 
|
393  | 
\tdx{fst_def}:       fst(A)     == split(\%x y. x, p)
 | 
|
394  | 
\tdx{snd_def}:       snd(A)     == split(\%x y. y, p)
 | 
|
395  | 
\tdx{Sigma_def}:     Sigma(A,B) == {\isasymUnion}x \isasymin A. {\isasymUnion}y \isasymin B(x). {\ttlbrace}<x,y>{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
396  | 
\subcaption{Ordered pairs and Cartesian products}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
397  | 
|
| 14154 | 398  | 
\tdx{converse_def}: converse(r) == {\ttlbrace}z. w\isasymin{}r, {\isasymexists}x y. w=<x,y> & z=<y,x>{\ttrbrace}
 | 
399  | 
\tdx{domain_def}:   domain(r)   == {\ttlbrace}x. w \isasymin r, {\isasymexists}y. w=<x,y>{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
400  | 
\tdx{range_def}:    range(r)    == domain(converse(r))
 | 
|
401  | 
\tdx{field_def}:    field(r)    == domain(r) \isasymunion range(r)
 | 
|
402  | 
\tdx{image_def}:    r `` A      == {\ttlbrace}y\isasymin{}range(r) . {\isasymexists}x \isasymin A. <x,y> \isasymin r{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
403  | 
\tdx{vimage_def}:   r -`` A     == converse(r)``A
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
404  | 
\subcaption{Operations on relations}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
405  | 
|
| 14154 | 406  | 
\tdx{lam_def}:   Lambda(A,b) == {\ttlbrace}<x,b(x)> . x \isasymin A{\ttrbrace}
 | 
407  | 
\tdx{apply_def}: f`a         == THE y. <a,y> \isasymin f
 | 
|
408  | 
\tdx{Pi_def}: Pi(A,B) == {\ttlbrace}f\isasymin{}Pow(Sigma(A,B)). {\isasymforall}x\isasymin{}A. \isasymexists!y. <x,y>\isasymin{}f{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
409  | 
\tdx{restrict_def}:  restrict(f,A) == lam x \isasymin A. f`x
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
410  | 
\subcaption{Functions and general product}
 | 
| 14154 | 411  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 9695 | 412  | 
\caption{Further definitions of ZF} \label{zf-defs}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
413  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
414  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
415  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
416  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
417  | 
\section{The Zermelo-Fraenkel axioms}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
418  | 
The axioms appear in Fig.\ts \ref{zf-rules}.  They resemble those
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
419  | 
presented by Suppes~\cite{suppes72}.  Most of the theory consists of
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
420  | 
definitions. In particular, bounded quantifiers and the subset relation  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
421  | 
appear in other axioms. Object-level quantifiers and implications have  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
422  | 
been replaced by meta-level ones wherever possible, to simplify use of the  | 
| 14154 | 423  | 
axioms.  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
424  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
425  | 
The traditional replacement axiom asserts  | 
| 14154 | 426  | 
\[ y \in \isa{PrimReplace}(A,P) \bimp (\exists x\in A. P(x,y)) \]
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
427  | 
subject to the condition that $P(x,y)$ is single-valued for all~$x\in A$.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
428  | 
The Isabelle theory defines \cdx{Replace} to apply
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
429  | 
\cdx{PrimReplace} to the single-valued part of~$P$, namely
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
430  | 
\[ (\exists!z. P(x,z)) \conj P(x,y). \]  | 
| 14154 | 431  | 
Thus $y\in \isa{Replace}(A,P)$ if and only if there is some~$x$ such that
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
432  | 
$P(x,-)$ holds uniquely for~$y$. Because the equivalence is unconditional,  | 
| 14154 | 433  | 
\isa{Replace} is much easier to use than \isa{PrimReplace}; it defines the
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
434  | 
same set, if $P(x,y)$ is single-valued. The nice syntax for replacement  | 
| 14154 | 435  | 
expands to \isa{Replace}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
436  | 
|
| 14158 | 437  | 
Other consequences of replacement include replacement for  | 
438  | 
meta-level functions  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
439  | 
(\cdx{RepFun}) and definite descriptions (\cdx{The}).
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
440  | 
Axioms for separation (\cdx{Collect}) and unordered pairs
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
441  | 
(\cdx{Upair}) are traditionally assumed, but they actually follow
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
442  | 
from replacement~\cite[pages 237--8]{suppes72}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
443  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
444  | 
The definitions of general intersection, etc., are straightforward. Note  | 
| 14154 | 445  | 
the definition of \isa{cons}, which underlies the finite set notation.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
446  | 
The axiom of infinity gives us a set that contains~0 and is closed under  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
447  | 
successor (\cdx{succ}).  Although this set is not uniquely defined,
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
448  | 
the theory names it (\cdx{Inf}) in order to simplify the
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
449  | 
construction of the natural numbers.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
450  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
451  | 
Further definitions appear in Fig.\ts\ref{zf-defs}.  Ordered pairs are
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
452  | 
defined in the standard way, $\pair{a,b}\equiv\{\{a\},\{a,b\}\}$.  Recall
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
453  | 
that \cdx{Sigma}$(A,B)$ generalizes the Cartesian product of two
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
454  | 
sets. It is defined to be the union of all singleton sets  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
455  | 
$\{\pair{x,y}\}$, for $x\in A$ and $y\in B(x)$.  This is a typical usage of
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
456  | 
general union.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
457  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
458  | 
The projections \cdx{fst} and~\cdx{snd} are defined in terms of the
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
459  | 
generalized projection \cdx{split}.  The latter has been borrowed from
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
460  | 
Martin-L\"of's Type Theory, and is often easier to use than \cdx{fst}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
461  | 
and~\cdx{snd}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
462  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
463  | 
Operations on relations include converse, domain, range, and image. The  | 
| 14154 | 464  | 
set $\isa{Pi}(A,B)$ generalizes the space of functions between two sets.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
465  | 
Note the simple definitions of $\lambda$-abstraction (using  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
466  | 
\cdx{RepFun}) and application (using a definite description).  The
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
467  | 
function \cdx{restrict}$(f,A)$ has the same values as~$f$, but only
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
468  | 
over the domain~$A$.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
469  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
470  | 
|
| 14154 | 471  | 
%%%% zf.thy  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
472  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
473  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 474  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
475  | 
\tdx{ballI}:     [| !!x. x\isasymin{}A ==> P(x) |] ==> {\isasymforall}x\isasymin{}A. P(x)
 | 
|
476  | 
\tdx{bspec}:     [| {\isasymforall}x\isasymin{}A. P(x);  x\isasymin{}A |] ==> P(x)
 | 
|
477  | 
\tdx{ballE}:     [| {\isasymforall}x\isasymin{}A. P(x);  P(x) ==> Q;  x \isasymnotin A ==> Q |] ==> Q
 | 
|
478  | 
||
479  | 
\tdx{ball_cong}:  [| A=A';  !!x. x\isasymin{}A' ==> P(x) <-> P'(x) |] ==> 
 | 
|
480  | 
             ({\isasymforall}x\isasymin{}A. P(x)) <-> ({\isasymforall}x\isasymin{}A'. P'(x))
 | 
|
481  | 
||
482  | 
\tdx{bexI}:      [| P(x);  x\isasymin{}A |] ==> {\isasymexists}x\isasymin{}A. P(x)
 | 
|
483  | 
\tdx{bexCI}:     [| {\isasymforall}x\isasymin{}A. ~P(x) ==> P(a);  a\isasymin{}A |] ==> {\isasymexists}x\isasymin{}A. P(x)
 | 
|
484  | 
\tdx{bexE}:      [| {\isasymexists}x\isasymin{}A. P(x);  !!x. [| x\isasymin{}A; P(x) |] ==> Q |] ==> Q
 | 
|
485  | 
||
486  | 
\tdx{bex_cong}:  [| A=A';  !!x. x\isasymin{}A' ==> P(x) <-> P'(x) |] ==> 
 | 
|
487  | 
             ({\isasymexists}x\isasymin{}A. P(x)) <-> ({\isasymexists}x\isasymin{}A'. P'(x))
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
488  | 
\subcaption{Bounded quantifiers}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
489  | 
|
| 14154 | 490  | 
\tdx{subsetI}:     (!!x. x \isasymin A ==> x \isasymin B) ==> A \isasymsubseteq B
 | 
491  | 
\tdx{subsetD}:     [| A \isasymsubseteq B;  c \isasymin A |] ==> c \isasymin B
 | 
|
492  | 
\tdx{subsetCE}:    [| A \isasymsubseteq B;  c \isasymnotin A ==> P;  c \isasymin B ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
493  | 
\tdx{subset_refl}:  A \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
|
494  | 
\tdx{subset_trans}: [| A \isasymsubseteq B;  B \isasymsubseteq C |] ==> A \isasymsubseteq C
 | 
|
495  | 
||
496  | 
\tdx{equalityI}:   [| A \isasymsubseteq B;  B \isasymsubseteq A |] ==> A = B
 | 
|
497  | 
\tdx{equalityD1}:  A = B ==> A \isasymsubseteq B
 | 
|
498  | 
\tdx{equalityD2}:  A = B ==> B \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
|
499  | 
\tdx{equalityE}:   [| A = B;  [| A \isasymsubseteq B; B \isasymsubseteq A |] ==> P |]  ==>  P
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
500  | 
\subcaption{Subsets and extensionality}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
501  | 
|
| 14154 | 502  | 
\tdx{emptyE}:        a \isasymin 0 ==> P
 | 
503  | 
\tdx{empty_subsetI}:  0 \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
|
504  | 
\tdx{equals0I}:      [| !!y. y \isasymin A ==> False |] ==> A=0
 | 
|
505  | 
\tdx{equals0D}:      [| A=0;  a \isasymin A |] ==> P
 | 
|
506  | 
||
507  | 
\tdx{PowI}:          A \isasymsubseteq B ==> A \isasymin Pow(B)
 | 
|
508  | 
\tdx{PowD}:          A \isasymin Pow(B)  ==>  A \isasymsubseteq B
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
509  | 
\subcaption{The empty set; power sets}
 | 
| 14154 | 510  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 9695 | 511  | 
\caption{Basic derived rules for ZF} \label{zf-lemmas1}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
512  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
513  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
514  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
515  | 
\section{From basic lemmas to function spaces}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
516  | 
Faced with so many definitions, it is essential to prove lemmas. Even  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
517  | 
trivial theorems like $A \int B = B \int A$ would be difficult to  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
518  | 
prove from the definitions alone. Isabelle's set theory derives many  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
519  | 
rules using a natural deduction style. Ideally, a natural deduction  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
520  | 
rule should introduce or eliminate just one operator, but this is not  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
521  | 
always practical. For most operators, we may forget its definition  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
522  | 
and use its derived rules instead.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
523  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
524  | 
\subsection{Fundamental lemmas}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
525  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-lemmas1} presents the derived rules for the most basic
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
526  | 
operators. The rules for the bounded quantifiers resemble those for the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
527  | 
ordinary quantifiers, but note that \tdx{ballE} uses a negated assumption
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
528  | 
in the style of Isabelle's classical reasoner.  The \rmindex{congruence
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
529  | 
  rules} \tdx{ball_cong} and \tdx{bex_cong} are required by Isabelle's
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
530  | 
simplifier, but have few other uses. Congruence rules must be specially  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
531  | 
derived for all binding operators, and henceforth will not be shown.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
532  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
533  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-lemmas1} also shows rules for the subset and equality
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
534  | 
relations (proof by extensionality), and rules about the empty set and the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
535  | 
power set operator.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
536  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
537  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-lemmas2} presents rules for replacement and separation.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
538  | 
The rules for \cdx{Replace} and \cdx{RepFun} are much simpler than
 | 
| 14154 | 539  | 
comparable rules for \isa{PrimReplace} would be.  The principle of
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
540  | 
separation is proved explicitly, although most proofs should use the  | 
| 14154 | 541  | 
natural deduction rules for \isa{Collect}.  The elimination rule
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
542  | 
\tdx{CollectE} is equivalent to the two destruction rules
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
543  | 
\tdx{CollectD1} and \tdx{CollectD2}, but each rule is suited to
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
544  | 
particular circumstances. Although too many rules can be confusing, there  | 
| 14154 | 545  | 
is no reason to aim for a minimal set of rules.  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
546  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
547  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-lemmas3} presents rules for general union and intersection.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
548  | 
The empty intersection should be undefined. We cannot have  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
549  | 
$\bigcap(\emptyset)=V$ because $V$, the universal class, is not a set. All  | 
| 9695 | 550  | 
expressions denote something in ZF set theory; the definition of  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
551  | 
intersection implies $\bigcap(\emptyset)=\emptyset$, but this value is  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
552  | 
arbitrary.  The rule \tdx{InterI} must have a premise to exclude
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
553  | 
the empty intersection. Some of the laws governing intersections require  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
554  | 
similar premises.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
555  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
556  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
557  | 
%the [p] gives better page breaking for the book  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
558  | 
\begin{figure}[p]
 | 
| 14154 | 559  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
560  | 
\tdx{ReplaceI}:   [| x\isasymin{}A;  P(x,b);  !!y. P(x,y) ==> y=b |] ==> 
 | 
|
561  | 
            b\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}y. x\isasymin{}A, P(x,y){\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
562  | 
||
563  | 
\tdx{ReplaceE}:   [| b\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}y. x\isasymin{}A, P(x,y){\ttrbrace};  
 | 
|
564  | 
               !!x. [| x\isasymin{}A; P(x,b); {\isasymforall}y. P(x,y)-->y=b |] ==> R 
 | 
|
565  | 
|] ==> R  | 
|
566  | 
||
567  | 
\tdx{RepFunI}:    [| a\isasymin{}A |] ==> f(a)\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}f(x). x\isasymin{}A{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
568  | 
\tdx{RepFunE}:    [| b\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}f(x). x\isasymin{}A{\ttrbrace};  
 | 
|
569  | 
                !!x.[| x\isasymin{}A;  b=f(x) |] ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
570  | 
||
571  | 
\tdx{separation}:  a\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}x\isasymin{}A. P(x){\ttrbrace} <-> a\isasymin{}A & P(a)
 | 
|
572  | 
\tdx{CollectI}:    [| a\isasymin{}A;  P(a) |] ==> a\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}x\isasymin{}A. P(x){\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
573  | 
\tdx{CollectE}:    [| a\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}x\isasymin{}A. P(x){\ttrbrace};  [| a\isasymin{}A; P(a) |] ==> R |] ==> R
 | 
|
574  | 
\tdx{CollectD1}:   a\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}x\isasymin{}A. P(x){\ttrbrace} ==> a\isasymin{}A
 | 
|
575  | 
\tdx{CollectD2}:   a\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}x\isasymin{}A. P(x){\ttrbrace} ==> P(a)
 | 
|
576  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
577  | 
\caption{Replacement and separation} \label{zf-lemmas2}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
578  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
579  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
580  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
581  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 582  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
583  | 
\tdx{UnionI}: [| B\isasymin{}C;  A\isasymin{}B |] ==> A\isasymin{}Union(C)
 | 
|
584  | 
\tdx{UnionE}: [| A\isasymin{}Union(C);  !!B.[| A\isasymin{}B;  B\isasymin{}C |] ==> R |] ==> R
 | 
|
585  | 
||
586  | 
\tdx{InterI}: [| !!x. x\isasymin{}C ==> A\isasymin{}x;  c\isasymin{}C |] ==> A\isasymin{}Inter(C)
 | 
|
587  | 
\tdx{InterD}: [| A\isasymin{}Inter(C);  B\isasymin{}C |] ==> A\isasymin{}B
 | 
|
588  | 
\tdx{InterE}: [| A\isasymin{}Inter(C);  A\isasymin{}B ==> R;  B \isasymnotin C ==> R |] ==> R
 | 
|
589  | 
||
590  | 
\tdx{UN_I}:   [| a\isasymin{}A;  b\isasymin{}B(a) |] ==> b\isasymin{}({\isasymUnion}x\isasymin{}A. B(x))
 | 
|
591  | 
\tdx{UN_E}:   [| b\isasymin{}({\isasymUnion}x\isasymin{}A. B(x));  !!x.[| x\isasymin{}A;  b\isasymin{}B(x) |] ==> R 
 | 
|
592  | 
|] ==> R  | 
|
593  | 
||
594  | 
\tdx{INT_I}:  [| !!x. x\isasymin{}A ==> b\isasymin{}B(x);  a\isasymin{}A |] ==> b\isasymin{}({\isasymInter}x\isasymin{}A. B(x))
 | 
|
595  | 
\tdx{INT_E}:  [| b\isasymin{}({\isasymInter}x\isasymin{}A. B(x));  a\isasymin{}A |] ==> b\isasymin{}B(a)
 | 
|
596  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
597  | 
\caption{General union and intersection} \label{zf-lemmas3}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
598  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
599  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
600  | 
|
| 14154 | 601  | 
%%% upair.thy  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
602  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
603  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 604  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
605  | 
\tdx{pairing}:   a\isasymin{}Upair(b,c) <-> (a=b | a=c)
 | 
|
606  | 
\tdx{UpairI1}:   a\isasymin{}Upair(a,b)
 | 
|
607  | 
\tdx{UpairI2}:   b\isasymin{}Upair(a,b)
 | 
|
608  | 
\tdx{UpairE}:    [| a\isasymin{}Upair(b,c);  a=b ==> P;  a=c ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
609  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
610  | 
\caption{Unordered pairs} \label{zf-upair1}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
611  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
612  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
613  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
614  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 615  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
616  | 
\tdx{UnI1}:      c\isasymin{}A ==> c\isasymin{}A \isasymunion B
 | 
|
617  | 
\tdx{UnI2}:      c\isasymin{}B ==> c\isasymin{}A \isasymunion B
 | 
|
618  | 
\tdx{UnCI}:      (c \isasymnotin B ==> c\isasymin{}A) ==> c\isasymin{}A \isasymunion B
 | 
|
619  | 
\tdx{UnE}:       [| c\isasymin{}A \isasymunion B;  c\isasymin{}A ==> P;  c\isasymin{}B ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
620  | 
||
| 14158 | 621  | 
\tdx{IntI}:      [| c\isasymin{}A;  c\isasymin{}B |] ==> c\isasymin{}A \isasyminter B
 | 
622  | 
\tdx{IntD1}:     c\isasymin{}A \isasyminter B ==> c\isasymin{}A
 | 
|
623  | 
\tdx{IntD2}:     c\isasymin{}A \isasyminter B ==> c\isasymin{}B
 | 
|
624  | 
\tdx{IntE}:      [| c\isasymin{}A \isasyminter B;  [| c\isasymin{}A; c\isasymin{}B |] ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
| 14154 | 625  | 
|
626  | 
\tdx{DiffI}:     [| c\isasymin{}A;  c \isasymnotin B |] ==> c\isasymin{}A - B
 | 
|
627  | 
\tdx{DiffD1}:    c\isasymin{}A - B ==> c\isasymin{}A
 | 
|
628  | 
\tdx{DiffD2}:    c\isasymin{}A - B ==> c  \isasymnotin  B
 | 
|
629  | 
\tdx{DiffE}:     [| c\isasymin{}A - B;  [| c\isasymin{}A; c \isasymnotin B |] ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
630  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
631  | 
\caption{Union, intersection, difference} \label{zf-Un}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
632  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
633  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
634  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
635  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 636  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
637  | 
\tdx{consI1}:    a\isasymin{}cons(a,B)
 | 
|
638  | 
\tdx{consI2}:    a\isasymin{}B ==> a\isasymin{}cons(b,B)
 | 
|
639  | 
\tdx{consCI}:    (a \isasymnotin B ==> a=b) ==> a\isasymin{}cons(b,B)
 | 
|
640  | 
\tdx{consE}:     [| a\isasymin{}cons(b,A);  a=b ==> P;  a\isasymin{}A ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
641  | 
||
642  | 
\tdx{singletonI}:  a\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}a{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
643  | 
\tdx{singletonE}:  [| a\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}b{\ttrbrace}; a=b ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
644  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
645  | 
\caption{Finite and singleton sets} \label{zf-upair2}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
646  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
647  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
648  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
649  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 650  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
651  | 
\tdx{succI1}:    i\isasymin{}succ(i)
 | 
|
652  | 
\tdx{succI2}:    i\isasymin{}j ==> i\isasymin{}succ(j)
 | 
|
653  | 
\tdx{succCI}:    (i \isasymnotin j ==> i=j) ==> i\isasymin{}succ(j)
 | 
|
654  | 
\tdx{succE}:     [| i\isasymin{}succ(j);  i=j ==> P;  i\isasymin{}j ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
655  | 
\tdx{succ_neq_0}:  [| succ(n)=0 |] ==> P
 | 
|
656  | 
\tdx{succ_inject}: succ(m) = succ(n) ==> m=n
 | 
|
657  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
658  | 
\caption{The successor function} \label{zf-succ}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
659  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
660  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
661  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
662  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 663  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
664  | 
\tdx{the_equality}: [| P(a); !!x. P(x) ==> x=a |] ==> (THE x. P(x))=a
 | 
|
665  | 
\tdx{theI}:         \isasymexists! x. P(x) ==> P(THE x. P(x))
 | 
|
666  | 
||
667  | 
\tdx{if_P}:          P ==> (if P then a else b) = a
 | 
|
668  | 
\tdx{if_not_P}:     ~P ==> (if P then a else b) = b
 | 
|
669  | 
||
670  | 
\tdx{mem_asym}:     [| a\isasymin{}b;  b\isasymin{}a |] ==> P
 | 
|
671  | 
\tdx{mem_irrefl}:   a\isasymin{}a ==> P
 | 
|
672  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
673  | 
\caption{Descriptions; non-circularity} \label{zf-the}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
674  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
675  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
676  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
677  | 
\subsection{Unordered pairs and finite sets}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
678  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-upair1} presents the principle of unordered pairing, along
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
679  | 
with its derived rules. Binary union and intersection are defined in terms  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
680  | 
of ordered pairs (Fig.\ts\ref{zf-Un}).  Set difference is also included.  The
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
681  | 
rule \tdx{UnCI} is useful for classical reasoning about unions,
 | 
| 14154 | 682  | 
like \isa{disjCI}\@; it supersedes \tdx{UnI1} and
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
683  | 
\tdx{UnI2}, but these rules are often easier to work with.  For
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
684  | 
intersection and difference we have both elimination and destruction rules.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
685  | 
Again, there is no reason to provide a minimal rule set.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
686  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
687  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-upair2} is concerned with finite sets: it presents rules
 | 
| 14154 | 688  | 
for~\isa{cons}, the finite set constructor, and rules for singleton
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
689  | 
sets.  Figure~\ref{zf-succ} presents derived rules for the successor
 | 
| 14154 | 690  | 
function, which is defined in terms of~\isa{cons}.  The proof that 
 | 
691  | 
\isa{succ} is injective appears to require the Axiom of Foundation.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
692  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
693  | 
Definite descriptions (\sdx{THE}) are defined in terms of the singleton
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
694  | 
set~$\{0\}$, but their derived rules fortunately hide this
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
695  | 
(Fig.\ts\ref{zf-the}).  The rule~\tdx{theI} is difficult to apply
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
696  | 
because of the two occurrences of~$\Var{P}$.  However,
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
697  | 
\tdx{the_equality} does not have this problem and the files contain
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
698  | 
many examples of its use.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
699  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
700  | 
Finally, the impossibility of having both $a\in b$ and $b\in a$  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
701  | 
(\tdx{mem_asym}) is proved by applying the Axiom of Foundation to
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
702  | 
the set $\{a,b\}$.  The impossibility of $a\in a$ is a trivial consequence.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
703  | 
|
| 14154 | 704  | 
|
705  | 
%%% subset.thy?  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
706  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
707  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 708  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
709  | 
\tdx{Union_upper}:    B\isasymin{}A ==> B \isasymsubseteq Union(A)
 | 
|
710  | 
\tdx{Union_least}:    [| !!x. x\isasymin{}A ==> x \isasymsubseteq C |] ==> Union(A) \isasymsubseteq C
 | 
|
711  | 
||
712  | 
\tdx{Inter_lower}:    B\isasymin{}A ==> Inter(A) \isasymsubseteq B
 | 
|
713  | 
\tdx{Inter_greatest}: [| a\isasymin{}A; !!x. x\isasymin{}A ==> C \isasymsubseteq x |] ==> C\isasymsubseteq{}Inter(A)
 | 
|
714  | 
||
715  | 
\tdx{Un_upper1}:      A \isasymsubseteq A \isasymunion B
 | 
|
716  | 
\tdx{Un_upper2}:      B \isasymsubseteq A \isasymunion B
 | 
|
717  | 
\tdx{Un_least}:       [| A \isasymsubseteq C;  B \isasymsubseteq C |] ==> A \isasymunion B \isasymsubseteq C
 | 
|
718  | 
||
| 14158 | 719  | 
\tdx{Int_lower1}:     A \isasyminter B \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
720  | 
\tdx{Int_lower2}:     A \isasyminter B \isasymsubseteq B
 | 
|
721  | 
\tdx{Int_greatest}:   [| C \isasymsubseteq A;  C \isasymsubseteq B |] ==> C \isasymsubseteq A \isasyminter B
 | 
|
| 14154 | 722  | 
|
723  | 
\tdx{Diff_subset}:    A-B \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
|
| 14158 | 724  | 
\tdx{Diff_contains}:  [| C \isasymsubseteq A;  C \isasyminter B = 0 |] ==> C \isasymsubseteq A-B
 | 
| 14154 | 725  | 
|
726  | 
\tdx{Collect_subset}: Collect(A,P) \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
|
727  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
728  | 
\caption{Subset and lattice properties} \label{zf-subset}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
729  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
730  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
731  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
732  | 
\subsection{Subset and lattice properties}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
733  | 
The subset relation is a complete lattice. Unions form least upper bounds;  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
734  | 
non-empty intersections form greatest lower bounds.  Figure~\ref{zf-subset}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
735  | 
shows the corresponding rules. A few other laws involving subsets are  | 
| 14154 | 736  | 
included.  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
737  | 
Reasoning directly about subsets often yields clearer proofs than  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
738  | 
reasoning about the membership relation.  Section~\ref{sec:ZF-pow-example}
 | 
| 14154 | 739  | 
below presents an example of this, proving the equation  | 
740  | 
${\isa{Pow}(A)\cap \isa{Pow}(B)}= \isa{Pow}(A\cap B)$.
 | 
|
741  | 
||
742  | 
%%% pair.thy  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
743  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
744  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 745  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
746  | 
\tdx{Pair_inject1}: <a,b> = <c,d> ==> a=c
 | 
|
747  | 
\tdx{Pair_inject2}: <a,b> = <c,d> ==> b=d
 | 
|
748  | 
\tdx{Pair_inject}:  [| <a,b> = <c,d>;  [| a=c; b=d |] ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
749  | 
\tdx{Pair_neq_0}:   <a,b>=0 ==> P
 | 
|
750  | 
||
751  | 
\tdx{fst_conv}:     fst(<a,b>) = a
 | 
|
752  | 
\tdx{snd_conv}:     snd(<a,b>) = b
 | 
|
753  | 
\tdx{split}:        split(\%x y. c(x,y), <a,b>) = c(a,b)
 | 
|
754  | 
||
755  | 
\tdx{SigmaI}:     [| a\isasymin{}A;  b\isasymin{}B(a) |] ==> <a,b>\isasymin{}Sigma(A,B)
 | 
|
756  | 
||
757  | 
\tdx{SigmaE}:     [| c\isasymin{}Sigma(A,B);  
 | 
|
758  | 
                !!x y.[| x\isasymin{}A; y\isasymin{}B(x); c=<x,y> |] ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
759  | 
||
760  | 
\tdx{SigmaE2}:    [| <a,b>\isasymin{}Sigma(A,B);    
 | 
|
761  | 
                [| a\isasymin{}A;  b\isasymin{}B(a) |] ==> P   |] ==> P
 | 
|
762  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
763  | 
\caption{Ordered pairs; projections; general sums} \label{zf-pair}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
764  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
765  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
766  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
767  | 
\subsection{Ordered pairs} \label{sec:pairs}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
768  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
769  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-pair} presents the rules governing ordered pairs,
 | 
| 14154 | 770  | 
projections and general sums --- in particular, that  | 
771  | 
$\{\{a\},\{a,b\}\}$ functions as an ordered pair.  This property is
 | 
|
772  | 
expressed as two destruction rules,  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
773  | 
\tdx{Pair_inject1} and \tdx{Pair_inject2}, and equivalently
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
774  | 
as the elimination rule \tdx{Pair_inject}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
775  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
776  | 
The rule \tdx{Pair_neq_0} asserts $\pair{a,b}\neq\emptyset$.  This
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
777  | 
is a property of $\{\{a\},\{a,b\}\}$, and need not hold for other 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
778  | 
encodings of ordered pairs. The non-standard ordered pairs mentioned below  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
779  | 
satisfy $\pair{\emptyset;\emptyset}=\emptyset$.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
780  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
781  | 
The natural deduction rules \tdx{SigmaI} and \tdx{SigmaE}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
782  | 
assert that \cdx{Sigma}$(A,B)$ consists of all pairs of the form
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
783  | 
$\pair{x,y}$, for $x\in A$ and $y\in B(x)$.  The rule \tdx{SigmaE2}
 | 
| 14154 | 784  | 
merely states that $\pair{a,b}\in \isa{Sigma}(A,B)$ implies $a\in A$ and
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
785  | 
$b\in B(a)$.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
786  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
787  | 
In addition, it is possible to use tuples as patterns in abstractions:  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
788  | 
\begin{center}
 | 
| 14154 | 789  | 
{\tt\%<$x$,$y$>. $t$} \quad stands for\quad \isa{split(\%$x$ $y$.\ $t$)}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
790  | 
\end{center}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
791  | 
Nested patterns are translated recursively:  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
792  | 
{\tt\%<$x$,$y$,$z$>. $t$} $\leadsto$ {\tt\%<$x$,<$y$,$z$>>. $t$} $\leadsto$
 | 
| 14154 | 793  | 
\isa{split(\%$x$.\%<$y$,$z$>. $t$)} $\leadsto$ \isa{split(\%$x$. split(\%$y$
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
794  | 
$z$.\ $t$))}. The reverse translation is performed upon printing.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
795  | 
\begin{warn}
 | 
| 14154 | 796  | 
  The translation between patterns and \isa{split} is performed automatically
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
797  | 
by the parser and printer. Thus the internal and external form of a term  | 
| 14154 | 798  | 
  may differ, which affects proofs.  For example the term \isa{(\%<x,y>.<y,x>)<a,b>} requires the theorem \isa{split} to rewrite to
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
799  | 
  {\tt<b,a>}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
800  | 
\end{warn}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
801  | 
In addition to explicit $\lambda$-abstractions, patterns can be used in any  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
802  | 
variable binding construct which is internally described by a  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
803  | 
$\lambda$-abstraction. Here are some important examples:  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
804  | 
\begin{description}
 | 
| 14154 | 805  | 
\item[Let:] \isa{let {\it pattern} = $t$ in $u$}
 | 
806  | 
\item[Choice:] \isa{THE~{\it pattern}~.~$P$}
 | 
|
807  | 
\item[Set operations:] \isa{\isasymUnion~{\it pattern}:$A$.~$B$}
 | 
|
808  | 
\item[Comprehension:] \isa{{\ttlbrace}~{\it pattern}:$A$~.~$P$~{\ttrbrace}}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
809  | 
\end{description}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
810  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
811  | 
|
| 14154 | 812  | 
%%% domrange.thy?  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
813  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
814  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 815  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
816  | 
\tdx{domainI}:     <a,b>\isasymin{}r ==> a\isasymin{}domain(r)
 | 
|
817  | 
\tdx{domainE}:     [| a\isasymin{}domain(r); !!y. <a,y>\isasymin{}r ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
818  | 
\tdx{domain_subset}: domain(Sigma(A,B)) \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
|
819  | 
||
820  | 
\tdx{rangeI}:      <a,b>\isasymin{}r ==> b\isasymin{}range(r)
 | 
|
821  | 
\tdx{rangeE}:      [| b\isasymin{}range(r); !!x. <x,b>\isasymin{}r ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
822  | 
\tdx{range_subset}: range(A*B) \isasymsubseteq B
 | 
|
823  | 
||
824  | 
\tdx{fieldI1}:     <a,b>\isasymin{}r ==> a\isasymin{}field(r)
 | 
|
825  | 
\tdx{fieldI2}:     <a,b>\isasymin{}r ==> b\isasymin{}field(r)
 | 
|
826  | 
\tdx{fieldCI}:     (<c,a> \isasymnotin r ==> <a,b>\isasymin{}r) ==> a\isasymin{}field(r)
 | 
|
827  | 
||
828  | 
\tdx{fieldE}:      [| a\isasymin{}field(r); 
 | 
|
| 14158 | 829  | 
                !!x. <a,x>\isasymin{}r ==> P; 
 | 
830  | 
                !!x. <x,a>\isasymin{}r ==> P      
 | 
|
831  | 
|] ==> P  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
832  | 
|
| 14154 | 833  | 
\tdx{field_subset}:  field(A*A) \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
834  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
835  | 
\caption{Domain, range and field of a relation} \label{zf-domrange}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
836  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
837  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
838  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 839  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
840  | 
\tdx{imageI}:      [| <a,b>\isasymin{}r; a\isasymin{}A |] ==> b\isasymin{}r``A
 | 
|
841  | 
\tdx{imageE}:      [| b\isasymin{}r``A; !!x.[| <x,b>\isasymin{}r; x\isasymin{}A |] ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
842  | 
||
843  | 
\tdx{vimageI}:     [| <a,b>\isasymin{}r; b\isasymin{}B |] ==> a\isasymin{}r-``B
 | 
|
844  | 
\tdx{vimageE}:     [| a\isasymin{}r-``B; !!x.[| <a,x>\isasymin{}r;  x\isasymin{}B |] ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
845  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
846  | 
\caption{Image and inverse image} \label{zf-domrange2}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
847  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
848  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
849  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
850  | 
\subsection{Relations}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
851  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-domrange} presents rules involving relations, which are sets
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
852  | 
of ordered pairs. The converse of a relation~$r$ is the set of all pairs  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
853  | 
$\pair{y,x}$ such that $\pair{x,y}\in r$; if $r$ is a function, then
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
854  | 
{\cdx{converse}$(r)$} is its inverse.  The rules for the domain
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
855  | 
operation, namely \tdx{domainI} and~\tdx{domainE}, assert that
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
856  | 
\cdx{domain}$(r)$ consists of all~$x$ such that $r$ contains
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
857  | 
some pair of the form~$\pair{x,y}$.  The range operation is similar, and
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
858  | 
the field of a relation is merely the union of its domain and range.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
859  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
860  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-domrange2} presents rules for images and inverse images.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
861  | 
Note that these operations are generalisations of range and domain,  | 
| 14154 | 862  | 
respectively.  | 
863  | 
||
864  | 
||
865  | 
%%% func.thy  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
866  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
867  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 868  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
869  | 
\tdx{fun_is_rel}:     f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B) ==> f \isasymsubseteq Sigma(A,B)
 | 
|
870  | 
||
| 14158 | 871  | 
\tdx{apply_equality}:  [| <a,b>\isasymin{}f; f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B) |] ==> f`a = b
 | 
| 14154 | 872  | 
\tdx{apply_equality2}: [| <a,b>\isasymin{}f; <a,c>\isasymin{}f; f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B) |] ==> b=c
 | 
873  | 
||
874  | 
\tdx{apply_type}:     [| f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B); a\isasymin{}A |] ==> f`a\isasymin{}B(a)
 | 
|
875  | 
\tdx{apply_Pair}:     [| f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B); a\isasymin{}A |] ==> <a,f`a>\isasymin{}f
 | 
|
876  | 
\tdx{apply_iff}:      f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B) ==> <a,b>\isasymin{}f <-> a\isasymin{}A & f`a = b
 | 
|
877  | 
||
878  | 
\tdx{fun_extension}:  [| f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B); g\isasymin{}Pi(A,D);
 | 
|
879  | 
                   !!x. x\isasymin{}A ==> f`x = g`x     |] ==> f=g
 | 
|
880  | 
||
881  | 
\tdx{domain_type}:    [| <a,b>\isasymin{}f; f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B) |] ==> a\isasymin{}A
 | 
|
882  | 
\tdx{range_type}:     [| <a,b>\isasymin{}f; f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B) |] ==> b\isasymin{}B(a)
 | 
|
883  | 
||
884  | 
\tdx{Pi_type}:        [| f\isasymin{}A->C; !!x. x\isasymin{}A ==> f`x\isasymin{}B(x) |] ==> f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B)
 | 
|
885  | 
\tdx{domain_of_fun}:  f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B) ==> domain(f)=A
 | 
|
886  | 
\tdx{range_of_fun}:   f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B) ==> f\isasymin{}A->range(f)
 | 
|
887  | 
||
888  | 
\tdx{restrict}:       a\isasymin{}A ==> restrict(f,A) ` a = f`a
 | 
|
889  | 
\tdx{restrict_type}:  [| !!x. x\isasymin{}A ==> f`x\isasymin{}B(x) |] ==> 
 | 
|
890  | 
                restrict(f,A)\isasymin{}Pi(A,B)
 | 
|
891  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
892  | 
\caption{Functions} \label{zf-func1}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
893  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
894  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
895  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
896  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 897  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
898  | 
\tdx{lamI}:     a\isasymin{}A ==> <a,b(a)>\isasymin{}(lam x\isasymin{}A. b(x))
 | 
|
899  | 
\tdx{lamE}:     [| p\isasymin{}(lam x\isasymin{}A. b(x)); !!x.[| x\isasymin{}A; p=<x,b(x)> |] ==> P 
 | 
|
| 8249 | 900  | 
|] ==> P  | 
901  | 
||
| 14154 | 902  | 
\tdx{lam_type}: [| !!x. x\isasymin{}A ==> b(x)\isasymin{}B(x) |] ==> (lam x\isasymin{}A. b(x))\isasymin{}Pi(A,B)
 | 
903  | 
||
904  | 
\tdx{beta}:     a\isasymin{}A ==> (lam x\isasymin{}A. b(x)) ` a = b(a)
 | 
|
905  | 
\tdx{eta}:      f\isasymin{}Pi(A,B) ==> (lam x\isasymin{}A. f`x) = f
 | 
|
906  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
907  | 
\caption{$\lambda$-abstraction} \label{zf-lam}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
908  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
909  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
910  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
911  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 912  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
913  | 
\tdx{fun_empty}:           0\isasymin{}0->0
 | 
|
914  | 
\tdx{fun_single}:          {\ttlbrace}<a,b>{\ttrbrace}\isasymin{}{\ttlbrace}a{\ttrbrace} -> {\ttlbrace}b{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
915  | 
||
| 14158 | 916  | 
\tdx{fun_disjoint_Un}:     [| f\isasymin{}A->B; g\isasymin{}C->D; A \isasyminter C = 0  |] ==>  
 | 
| 14154 | 917  | 
                     (f \isasymunion g)\isasymin{}(A \isasymunion C) -> (B \isasymunion D)
 | 
918  | 
||
919  | 
\tdx{fun_disjoint_apply1}: [| a\isasymin{}A; f\isasymin{}A->B; g\isasymin{}C->D;  A\isasyminter{}C = 0 |] ==>  
 | 
|
920  | 
(f \isasymunion g)`a = f`a  | 
|
921  | 
||
922  | 
\tdx{fun_disjoint_apply2}: [| c\isasymin{}C; f\isasymin{}A->B; g\isasymin{}C->D;  A\isasyminter{}C = 0 |] ==>  
 | 
|
923  | 
(f \isasymunion g)`c = g`c  | 
|
924  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
925  | 
\caption{Constructing functions from smaller sets} \label{zf-func2}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
926  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
927  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
928  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
929  | 
\subsection{Functions}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
930  | 
Functions, represented by graphs, are notoriously difficult to reason  | 
| 14154 | 931  | 
about. The ZF theory provides many derived rules, which overlap more  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
932  | 
than they ought. This section presents the more important rules.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
933  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
934  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-func1} presents the basic properties of \cdx{Pi}$(A,B)$,
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
935  | 
the generalized function space. For example, if $f$ is a function and  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
936  | 
$\pair{a,b}\in f$, then $f`a=b$ (\tdx{apply_equality}).  Two functions
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
937  | 
are equal provided they have equal domains and deliver equals results  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
938  | 
(\tdx{fun_extension}).
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
939  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
940  | 
By \tdx{Pi_type}, a function typing of the form $f\in A\to C$ can be
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
941  | 
refined to the dependent typing $f\in\prod@{x\in A}B(x)$, given a suitable
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
942  | 
family of sets $\{B(x)\}@{x\in A}$.  Conversely, by \tdx{range_of_fun},
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
943  | 
any dependent typing can be flattened to yield a function type of the form  | 
| 14154 | 944  | 
$A\to C$; here, $C=\isa{range}(f)$.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
945  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
946  | 
Among the laws for $\lambda$-abstraction, \tdx{lamI} and \tdx{lamE}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
947  | 
describe the graph of the generated function, while \tdx{beta} and
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
948  | 
\tdx{eta} are the standard conversions.  We essentially have a
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
949  | 
dependently-typed $\lambda$-calculus (Fig.\ts\ref{zf-lam}).
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
950  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
951  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-func2} presents some rules that can be used to construct
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
952  | 
functions explicitly. We start with functions consisting of at most one  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
953  | 
pair, and may form the union of two functions provided their domains are  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
954  | 
disjoint.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
955  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
956  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
957  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 958  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14158 | 959  | 
\tdx{Int_absorb}:        A \isasyminter A = A
 | 
960  | 
\tdx{Int_commute}:       A \isasyminter B = B \isasyminter A
 | 
|
961  | 
\tdx{Int_assoc}:         (A \isasyminter B) \isasyminter C  =  A \isasyminter (B \isasyminter C)
 | 
|
962  | 
\tdx{Int_Un_distrib}:    (A \isasymunion B) \isasyminter C  =  (A \isasyminter C) \isasymunion (B \isasyminter C)
 | 
|
| 14154 | 963  | 
|
964  | 
\tdx{Un_absorb}:         A \isasymunion A = A
 | 
|
965  | 
\tdx{Un_commute}:        A \isasymunion B = B \isasymunion A
 | 
|
966  | 
\tdx{Un_assoc}:          (A \isasymunion B) \isasymunion C  =  A \isasymunion (B \isasymunion C)
 | 
|
| 14158 | 967  | 
\tdx{Un_Int_distrib}:    (A \isasyminter B) \isasymunion C  =  (A \isasymunion C) \isasyminter (B \isasymunion C)
 | 
| 14154 | 968  | 
|
969  | 
\tdx{Diff_cancel}:       A-A = 0
 | 
|
| 14158 | 970  | 
\tdx{Diff_disjoint}:     A \isasyminter (B-A) = 0
 | 
| 14154 | 971  | 
\tdx{Diff_partition}:    A \isasymsubseteq B ==> A \isasymunion (B-A) = B
 | 
972  | 
\tdx{double_complement}: [| A \isasymsubseteq B; B \isasymsubseteq C |] ==> (B - (C-A)) = A
 | 
|
| 14158 | 973  | 
\tdx{Diff_Un}:           A - (B \isasymunion C) = (A-B) \isasyminter (A-C)
 | 
974  | 
\tdx{Diff_Int}:          A - (B \isasyminter C) = (A-B) \isasymunion (A-C)
 | 
|
| 14154 | 975  | 
|
976  | 
\tdx{Union_Un_distrib}:  Union(A \isasymunion B) = Union(A) \isasymunion Union(B)
 | 
|
977  | 
\tdx{Inter_Un_distrib}:  [| a \isasymin A;  b \isasymin B |] ==> 
 | 
|
| 14158 | 978  | 
Inter(A \isasymunion B) = Inter(A) \isasyminter Inter(B)  | 
979  | 
||
980  | 
\tdx{Int_Union_RepFun}:  A \isasyminter Union(B) = ({\isasymUnion}C \isasymin B. A \isasyminter C)
 | 
|
| 14154 | 981  | 
|
982  | 
\tdx{Un_Inter_RepFun}:   b \isasymin B ==> 
 | 
|
983  | 
                   A \isasymunion Inter(B) = ({\isasymInter}C \isasymin B. A \isasymunion C)
 | 
|
984  | 
||
985  | 
\tdx{SUM_Un_distrib1}:   (SUM x \isasymin A \isasymunion B. C(x)) = 
 | 
|
986  | 
(SUM x \isasymin A. C(x)) \isasymunion (SUM x \isasymin B. C(x))  | 
|
987  | 
||
988  | 
\tdx{SUM_Un_distrib2}:   (SUM x \isasymin C. A(x) \isasymunion B(x)) =
 | 
|
989  | 
(SUM x \isasymin C. A(x)) \isasymunion (SUM x \isasymin C. B(x))  | 
|
990  | 
||
| 14158 | 991  | 
\tdx{SUM_Int_distrib1}:  (SUM x \isasymin A \isasyminter B. C(x)) =
 | 
992  | 
(SUM x \isasymin A. C(x)) \isasyminter (SUM x \isasymin B. C(x))  | 
|
993  | 
||
994  | 
\tdx{SUM_Int_distrib2}:  (SUM x \isasymin C. A(x) \isasyminter B(x)) =
 | 
|
995  | 
(SUM x \isasymin C. A(x)) \isasyminter (SUM x \isasymin C. B(x))  | 
|
| 14154 | 996  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
997  | 
\caption{Equalities} \label{zf-equalities}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
998  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
999  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1000  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1001  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1002  | 
%\begin{constants} 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1003  | 
%  \cdx{1}       & $i$           &       & $\{\emptyset\}$       \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1004  | 
%  \cdx{bool}    & $i$           &       & the set $\{\emptyset,1\}$     \\
 | 
| 14154 | 1005  | 
%  \cdx{cond}   & $[i,i,i]\To i$ &       & conditional for \isa{bool}    \\
 | 
1006  | 
%  \cdx{not}    & $i\To i$       &       & negation for \isa{bool}       \\
 | 
|
1007  | 
%  \sdx{and}    & $[i,i]\To i$   & Left 70 & conjunction for \isa{bool}  \\
 | 
|
1008  | 
%  \sdx{or}     & $[i,i]\To i$   & Left 65 & disjunction for \isa{bool}  \\
 | 
|
1009  | 
%  \sdx{xor}    & $[i,i]\To i$   & Left 65 & exclusive-or for \isa{bool}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1010  | 
%\end{constants}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1011  | 
%  | 
| 14154 | 1012  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
1013  | 
\tdx{bool_def}:      bool == {\ttlbrace}0,1{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
1014  | 
\tdx{cond_def}:      cond(b,c,d) == if b=1 then c else d
 | 
|
1015  | 
\tdx{not_def}:       not(b)  == cond(b,0,1)
 | 
|
1016  | 
\tdx{and_def}:       a and b == cond(a,b,0)
 | 
|
1017  | 
\tdx{or_def}:        a or b  == cond(a,1,b)
 | 
|
1018  | 
\tdx{xor_def}:       a xor b == cond(a,not(b),b)
 | 
|
1019  | 
||
1020  | 
\tdx{bool_1I}:       1 \isasymin bool
 | 
|
1021  | 
\tdx{bool_0I}:       0 \isasymin bool
 | 
|
1022  | 
\tdx{boolE}:         [| c \isasymin bool;  c=1 ==> P;  c=0 ==> P |] ==> P
 | 
|
1023  | 
\tdx{cond_1}:        cond(1,c,d) = c
 | 
|
1024  | 
\tdx{cond_0}:        cond(0,c,d) = d
 | 
|
1025  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1026  | 
\caption{The booleans} \label{zf-bool}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1027  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1028  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1029  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1030  | 
\section{Further developments}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1031  | 
The next group of developments is complex and extensive, and only  | 
| 14154 | 1032  | 
highlights can be covered here. It involves many theories and proofs.  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1033  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1034  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-equalities} presents commutative, associative, distributive,
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1035  | 
and idempotency laws of union and intersection, along with other equations.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1036  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1037  | 
Theory \thydx{Bool} defines $\{0,1\}$ as a set of booleans, with the usual
 | 
| 9695 | 1038  | 
operators including a conditional (Fig.\ts\ref{zf-bool}).  Although ZF is a
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1039  | 
first-order theory, you can obtain the effect of higher-order logic using  | 
| 14154 | 1040  | 
\isa{bool}-valued functions, for example.  The constant~\isa{1} is
 | 
1041  | 
translated to \isa{succ(0)}.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1042  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1043  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1044  | 
\index{*"+ symbol}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1045  | 
\begin{constants}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1046  | 
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1047  | 
\tt + & $[i,i]\To i$ & Right 65 & disjoint union operator\\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1048  | 
  \cdx{Inl}~~\cdx{Inr}  & $i\To i$      &       & injections\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1049  | 
  \cdx{case}    & $[i\To i,i\To i, i]\To i$ &   & conditional for $A+B$
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1050  | 
\end{constants}
 | 
| 14154 | 1051  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
1052  | 
\tdx{sum_def}:   A+B == {\ttlbrace}0{\ttrbrace}*A \isasymunion {\ttlbrace}1{\ttrbrace}*B
 | 
|
1053  | 
\tdx{Inl_def}:   Inl(a) == <0,a>
 | 
|
1054  | 
\tdx{Inr_def}:   Inr(b) == <1,b>
 | 
|
1055  | 
\tdx{case_def}:  case(c,d,u) == split(\%y z. cond(y, d(z), c(z)), u)
 | 
|
1056  | 
||
1057  | 
\tdx{InlI}:      a \isasymin A ==> Inl(a) \isasymin A+B
 | 
|
1058  | 
\tdx{InrI}:      b \isasymin B ==> Inr(b) \isasymin A+B
 | 
|
1059  | 
||
1060  | 
\tdx{Inl_inject}:  Inl(a)=Inl(b) ==> a=b
 | 
|
1061  | 
\tdx{Inr_inject}:  Inr(a)=Inr(b) ==> a=b
 | 
|
1062  | 
\tdx{Inl_neq_Inr}: Inl(a)=Inr(b) ==> P
 | 
|
1063  | 
||
1064  | 
\tdx{sum_iff}:  u \isasymin A+B <-> ({\isasymexists}x\isasymin{}A. u=Inl(x)) | ({\isasymexists}y\isasymin{}B. u=Inr(y))
 | 
|
1065  | 
||
1066  | 
\tdx{case_Inl}:  case(c,d,Inl(a)) = c(a)
 | 
|
1067  | 
\tdx{case_Inr}:  case(c,d,Inr(b)) = d(b)
 | 
|
1068  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1069  | 
\caption{Disjoint unions} \label{zf-sum}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1070  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1071  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1072  | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1073  | 
\subsection{Disjoint unions}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1074  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1075  | 
Theory \thydx{Sum} defines the disjoint union of two sets, with
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1076  | 
injections and a case analysis operator (Fig.\ts\ref{zf-sum}).  Disjoint
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1077  | 
unions play a role in datatype definitions, particularly when there is  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1078  | 
mutual recursion~\cite{paulson-set-II}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1079  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1080  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 1081  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
1082  | 
\tdx{QPair_def}:      <a;b> == a+b
 | 
|
1083  | 
\tdx{qsplit_def}:     qsplit(c,p)  == THE y. {\isasymexists}a b. p=<a;b> & y=c(a,b)
 | 
|
1084  | 
\tdx{qfsplit_def}:    qfsplit(R,z) == {\isasymexists}x y. z=<x;y> & R(x,y)
 | 
|
1085  | 
\tdx{qconverse_def}:  qconverse(r) == {\ttlbrace}z. w \isasymin r, {\isasymexists}x y. w=<x;y> & z=<y;x>{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
1086  | 
\tdx{QSigma_def}:     QSigma(A,B)  == {\isasymUnion}x \isasymin A. {\isasymUnion}y \isasymin B(x). {\ttlbrace}<x;y>{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
1087  | 
||
1088  | 
\tdx{qsum_def}:       A <+> B      == ({\ttlbrace}0{\ttrbrace} <*> A) \isasymunion ({\ttlbrace}1{\ttrbrace} <*> B)
 | 
|
1089  | 
\tdx{QInl_def}:       QInl(a)      == <0;a>
 | 
|
1090  | 
\tdx{QInr_def}:       QInr(b)      == <1;b>
 | 
|
1091  | 
\tdx{qcase_def}:      qcase(c,d)   == qsplit(\%y z. cond(y, d(z), c(z)))
 | 
|
1092  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1093  | 
\caption{Non-standard pairs, products and sums} \label{zf-qpair}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1094  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1095  | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1096  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1097  | 
\subsection{Non-standard ordered pairs}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1098  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1099  | 
Theory \thydx{QPair} defines a notion of ordered pair that admits
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1100  | 
non-well-founded tupling (Fig.\ts\ref{zf-qpair}).  Such pairs are written
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1101  | 
{\tt<$a$;$b$>}.  It also defines the eliminator \cdx{qsplit}, the
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1102  | 
converse operator \cdx{qconverse}, and the summation operator
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1103  | 
\cdx{QSigma}.  These are completely analogous to the corresponding
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1104  | 
versions for standard ordered pairs. The theory goes on to define a  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1105  | 
non-standard notion of disjoint sum using non-standard pairs. All of these  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1106  | 
concepts satisfy the same properties as their standard counterparts; in  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1107  | 
addition, {\tt<$a$;$b$>} is continuous.  The theory supports coinductive
 | 
| 6592 | 1108  | 
definitions, for example of infinite lists~\cite{paulson-mscs}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1109  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1110  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 1111  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
1112  | 
\tdx{bnd_mono_def}:  bnd_mono(D,h) == 
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1113  | 
               h(D)\isasymsubseteq{}D & ({\isasymforall}W X. W\isasymsubseteq{}X --> X\isasymsubseteq{}D --> h(W)\isasymsubseteq{}h(X))
 | 
| 14154 | 1114  | 
|
1115  | 
\tdx{lfp_def}:       lfp(D,h) == Inter({\ttlbrace}X \isasymin Pow(D). h(X) \isasymsubseteq X{\ttrbrace})
 | 
|
1116  | 
\tdx{gfp_def}:       gfp(D,h) == Union({\ttlbrace}X \isasymin Pow(D). X \isasymsubseteq h(X){\ttrbrace})
 | 
|
1117  | 
||
1118  | 
||
| 14158 | 1119  | 
\tdx{lfp_lowerbound}: [| h(A) \isasymsubseteq A;  A \isasymsubseteq D |] ==> lfp(D,h) \isasymsubseteq A
 | 
| 14154 | 1120  | 
|
1121  | 
\tdx{lfp_subset}:    lfp(D,h) \isasymsubseteq D
 | 
|
1122  | 
||
1123  | 
\tdx{lfp_greatest}:  [| bnd_mono(D,h);  
 | 
|
1124  | 
!!X. [| h(X) \isasymsubseteq X; X \isasymsubseteq D |] ==> A \isasymsubseteq X  | 
|
1125  | 
|] ==> A \isasymsubseteq lfp(D,h)  | 
|
1126  | 
||
1127  | 
\tdx{lfp_Tarski}:    bnd_mono(D,h) ==> lfp(D,h) = h(lfp(D,h))
 | 
|
1128  | 
||
1129  | 
\tdx{induct}:        [| a \isasymin lfp(D,h);  bnd_mono(D,h);
 | 
|
1130  | 
!!x. x \isasymin h(Collect(lfp(D,h),P)) ==> P(x)  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1131  | 
|] ==> P(a)  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1132  | 
|
| 14154 | 1133  | 
\tdx{lfp_mono}:      [| bnd_mono(D,h);  bnd_mono(E,i);
 | 
1134  | 
!!X. X \isasymsubseteq D ==> h(X) \isasymsubseteq i(X)  | 
|
1135  | 
|] ==> lfp(D,h) \isasymsubseteq lfp(E,i)  | 
|
1136  | 
||
| 14158 | 1137  | 
\tdx{gfp_upperbound}: [| A \isasymsubseteq h(A);  A \isasymsubseteq D |] ==> A \isasymsubseteq gfp(D,h)
 | 
| 14154 | 1138  | 
|
1139  | 
\tdx{gfp_subset}:    gfp(D,h) \isasymsubseteq D
 | 
|
1140  | 
||
1141  | 
\tdx{gfp_least}:     [| bnd_mono(D,h);  
 | 
|
1142  | 
!!X. [| X \isasymsubseteq h(X); X \isasymsubseteq D |] ==> X \isasymsubseteq A  | 
|
1143  | 
|] ==> gfp(D,h) \isasymsubseteq A  | 
|
1144  | 
||
1145  | 
\tdx{gfp_Tarski}:    bnd_mono(D,h) ==> gfp(D,h) = h(gfp(D,h))
 | 
|
1146  | 
||
1147  | 
\tdx{coinduct}:      [| bnd_mono(D,h); a \isasymin X; X \isasymsubseteq h(X \isasymunion gfp(D,h)); X \isasymsubseteq D 
 | 
|
1148  | 
|] ==> a \isasymin gfp(D,h)  | 
|
1149  | 
||
1150  | 
\tdx{gfp_mono}:      [| bnd_mono(D,h);  D \isasymsubseteq E;
 | 
|
1151  | 
!!X. X \isasymsubseteq D ==> h(X) \isasymsubseteq i(X)  | 
|
1152  | 
|] ==> gfp(D,h) \isasymsubseteq gfp(E,i)  | 
|
1153  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1154  | 
\caption{Least and greatest fixedpoints} \label{zf-fixedpt}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1155  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1156  | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1157  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1158  | 
\subsection{Least and greatest fixedpoints}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1159  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1160  | 
The Knaster-Tarski Theorem states that every monotone function over a  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1161  | 
complete lattice has a fixedpoint.  Theory \thydx{Fixedpt} proves the
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1162  | 
Theorem only for a particular lattice, namely the lattice of subsets of a  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1163  | 
set (Fig.\ts\ref{zf-fixedpt}).  The theory defines least and greatest
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1164  | 
fixedpoint operators with corresponding induction and coinduction rules.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1165  | 
These are essential to many definitions that follow, including the natural  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1166  | 
numbers and the transitive closure operator. The (co)inductive definition  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1167  | 
package also uses the fixedpoint operators~\cite{paulson-CADE}.  See
 | 
| 6745 | 1168  | 
Davey and Priestley~\cite{davey-priestley} for more on the Knaster-Tarski
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1169  | 
Theorem and my paper~\cite{paulson-set-II} for discussion of the Isabelle
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1170  | 
proofs.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1171  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1172  | 
Monotonicity properties are proved for most of the set-forming operations:  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1173  | 
union, intersection, Cartesian product, image, domain, range, etc. These  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1174  | 
are useful for applying the Knaster-Tarski Fixedpoint Theorem. The proofs  | 
| 14154 | 1175  | 
themselves are trivial applications of Isabelle's classical reasoner.  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1176  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1177  | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1178  | 
\subsection{Finite sets and lists}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1179  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1180  | 
Theory \texttt{Finite} (Figure~\ref{zf-fin}) defines the finite set operator;
 | 
| 14154 | 1181  | 
$\isa{Fin}(A)$ is the set of all finite sets over~$A$.  The theory employs
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1182  | 
Isabelle's inductive definition package, which proves various rules  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1183  | 
automatically. The induction rule shown is stronger than the one proved by  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1184  | 
the package. The theory also defines the set of all finite functions  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1185  | 
between two given sets.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1186  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1187  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 14154 | 1188  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
1189  | 
\tdx{Fin.emptyI}      0 \isasymin Fin(A)
 | 
|
1190  | 
\tdx{Fin.consI}       [| a \isasymin A;  b \isasymin Fin(A) |] ==> cons(a,b) \isasymin Fin(A)
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1191  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1192  | 
\tdx{Fin_induct}
 | 
| 14154 | 1193  | 
[| b \isasymin Fin(A);  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1194  | 
P(0);  | 
| 14158 | 1195  | 
       !!x y. [| x\isasymin{}A; y\isasymin{}Fin(A); x\isasymnotin{}y; P(y) |] ==> P(cons(x,y))
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1196  | 
|] ==> P(b)  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1197  | 
|
| 14154 | 1198  | 
\tdx{Fin_mono}:       A \isasymsubseteq B ==> Fin(A) \isasymsubseteq Fin(B)
 | 
1199  | 
\tdx{Fin_UnI}:        [| b \isasymin Fin(A);  c \isasymin Fin(A) |] ==> b \isasymunion c \isasymin Fin(A)
 | 
|
1200  | 
\tdx{Fin_UnionI}:     C \isasymin Fin(Fin(A)) ==> Union(C) \isasymin Fin(A)
 | 
|
1201  | 
\tdx{Fin_subset}:     [| c \isasymsubseteq b;  b \isasymin Fin(A) |] ==> c \isasymin Fin(A)
 | 
|
1202  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1203  | 
\caption{The finite set operator} \label{zf-fin}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1204  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1205  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1206  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1207  | 
\begin{constants}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1208  | 
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1209  | 
  \cdx{list}    & $i\To i$      && lists over some set\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1210  | 
  \cdx{list_case} & $[i, [i,i]\To i, i] \To i$  && conditional for $list(A)$ \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1211  | 
  \cdx{map}     & $[i\To i, i] \To i$   &       & mapping functional\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1212  | 
  \cdx{length}  & $i\To i$              &       & length of a list\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1213  | 
  \cdx{rev}     & $i\To i$              &       & reverse of a list\\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1214  | 
\tt \at & $[i,i]\To i$ & Right 60 & append for lists\\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1215  | 
  \cdx{flat}    & $i\To i$   &                  & append of list of lists
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1216  | 
\end{constants}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1217  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1218  | 
\underscoreon %%because @ is used here  | 
| 14154 | 1219  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14158 | 1220  | 
\tdx{NilI}:       Nil \isasymin list(A)
 | 
1221  | 
\tdx{ConsI}:      [| a \isasymin A;  l \isasymin list(A) |] ==> Cons(a,l) \isasymin list(A)
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1222  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1223  | 
\tdx{List.induct}
 | 
| 14154 | 1224  | 
[| l \isasymin list(A);  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1225  | 
P(Nil);  | 
| 14154 | 1226  | 
!!x y. [| x \isasymin A; y \isasymin list(A); P(y) |] ==> P(Cons(x,y))  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1227  | 
|] ==> P(l)  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1228  | 
|
| 14154 | 1229  | 
\tdx{Cons_iff}:       Cons(a,l)=Cons(a',l') <-> a=a' & l=l'
 | 
1230  | 
\tdx{Nil_Cons_iff}:    Nil \isasymnoteq Cons(a,l)
 | 
|
1231  | 
||
1232  | 
\tdx{list_mono}:      A \isasymsubseteq B ==> list(A) \isasymsubseteq list(B)
 | 
|
1233  | 
||
| 14158 | 1234  | 
\tdx{map_ident}:      l\isasymin{}list(A) ==> map(\%u. u, l) = l
 | 
1235  | 
\tdx{map_compose}:    l\isasymin{}list(A) ==> map(h, map(j,l)) = map(\%u. h(j(u)), l)
 | 
|
1236  | 
\tdx{map_app_distrib}: xs\isasymin{}list(A) ==> map(h, xs@ys) = map(h,xs)@map(h,ys)
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1237  | 
\tdx{map_type}
 | 
| 14158 | 1238  | 
    [| l\isasymin{}list(A); !!x. x\isasymin{}A ==> h(x)\isasymin{}B |] ==> map(h,l)\isasymin{}list(B)
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1239  | 
\tdx{map_flat}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1240  | 
ls: list(list(A)) ==> map(h, flat(ls)) = flat(map(map(h),ls))  | 
| 14154 | 1241  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1242  | 
\caption{Lists} \label{zf-list}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1243  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1244  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1245  | 
|
| 14154 | 1246  | 
Figure~\ref{zf-list} presents the set of lists over~$A$, $\isa{list}(A)$.  The
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1247  | 
definition employs Isabelle's datatype package, which defines the introduction  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1248  | 
and induction rules automatically, as well as the constructors, case operator  | 
| 14154 | 1249  | 
(\isa{list\_case}) and recursion operator.  The theory then defines the usual
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1250  | 
list functions by primitive recursion.  See theory \texttt{List}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1251  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1252  | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1253  | 
\subsection{Miscellaneous}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1254  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1255  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1256  | 
\begin{constants} 
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1257  | 
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1258  | 
  \sdx{O}       & $[i,i]\To i$  &  Right 60     & composition ($\circ$) \\
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1259  | 
  \cdx{id}      & $i\To i$      &       & identity function \\
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1260  | 
  \cdx{inj}     & $[i,i]\To i$  &       & injective function space\\
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1261  | 
  \cdx{surj}    & $[i,i]\To i$  &       & surjective function space\\
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1262  | 
  \cdx{bij}     & $[i,i]\To i$  &       & bijective function space
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1263  | 
\end{constants}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1264  | 
|
| 14154 | 1265  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
1266  | 
\tdx{comp_def}: r O s     == {\ttlbrace}xz \isasymin domain(s)*range(r) . 
 | 
|
1267  | 
                        {\isasymexists}x y z. xz=<x,z> & <x,y> \isasymin s & <y,z> \isasymin r{\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
1268  | 
\tdx{id_def}:   id(A)     == (lam x \isasymin A. x)
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1269  | 
\tdx{inj_def}:  inj(A,B)  == {\ttlbrace} f\isasymin{}A->B. {\isasymforall}w\isasymin{}A. {\isasymforall}x\isasymin{}A. f`w=f`x --> w=x {\ttrbrace}
 | 
1270  | 
\tdx{surj_def}: surj(A,B) == {\ttlbrace} f\isasymin{}A->B . {\isasymforall}y\isasymin{}B. {\isasymexists}x\isasymin{}A. f`x=y {\ttrbrace}
 | 
|
1271  | 
\tdx{bij_def}:  bij(A,B)  == inj(A,B) \isasyminter surj(A,B)
 | 
|
1272  | 
||
1273  | 
||
1274  | 
\tdx{left_inverse}:    [| f\isasymin{}inj(A,B);  a\isasymin{}A |] ==> converse(f)`(f`a) = a
 | 
|
1275  | 
\tdx{right_inverse}:   [| f\isasymin{}inj(A,B);  b\isasymin{}range(f) |] ==> 
 | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1276  | 
f`(converse(f)`b) = b  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1277  | 
|
| 14158 | 1278  | 
\tdx{inj_converse_inj}: f\isasymin{}inj(A,B) ==> converse(f) \isasymin inj(range(f),A)
 | 
1279  | 
\tdx{bij_converse_bij}: f\isasymin{}bij(A,B) ==> converse(f) \isasymin bij(B,A)
 | 
|
1280  | 
||
1281  | 
\tdx{comp_type}:     [| s \isasymsubseteq A*B;  r \isasymsubseteq B*C |] ==> (r O s) \isasymsubseteq A*C
 | 
|
1282  | 
\tdx{comp_assoc}:    (r O s) O t = r O (s O t)
 | 
|
1283  | 
||
1284  | 
\tdx{left_comp_id}:  r \isasymsubseteq A*B ==> id(B) O r = r
 | 
|
1285  | 
\tdx{right_comp_id}: r \isasymsubseteq A*B ==> r O id(A) = r
 | 
|
1286  | 
||
1287  | 
\tdx{comp_func}:     [| g\isasymin{}A->B; f\isasymin{}B->C |] ==> (f O g) \isasymin A->C
 | 
|
1288  | 
\tdx{comp_func_apply}: [| g\isasymin{}A->B; f\isasymin{}B->C; a\isasymin{}A |] ==> (f O g)`a = f`(g`a)
 | 
|
1289  | 
||
1290  | 
\tdx{comp_inj}:      [| g\isasymin{}inj(A,B);  f\isasymin{}inj(B,C)  |] ==> (f O g)\isasymin{}inj(A,C)
 | 
|
1291  | 
\tdx{comp_surj}:     [| g\isasymin{}surj(A,B); f\isasymin{}surj(B,C) |] ==> (f O g)\isasymin{}surj(A,C)
 | 
|
1292  | 
\tdx{comp_bij}:      [| g\isasymin{}bij(A,B); f\isasymin{}bij(B,C) |] ==> (f O g)\isasymin{}bij(A,C)
 | 
|
1293  | 
||
1294  | 
\tdx{left_comp_inverse}:    f\isasymin{}inj(A,B) ==> converse(f) O f = id(A)
 | 
|
1295  | 
\tdx{right_comp_inverse}:   f\isasymin{}surj(A,B) ==> f O converse(f) = id(B)
 | 
|
| 14154 | 1296  | 
|
1297  | 
\tdx{bij_disjoint_Un}:  
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1298  | 
    [| f\isasymin{}bij(A,B);  g\isasymin{}bij(C,D);  A \isasyminter C = 0;  B \isasyminter D = 0 |] ==> 
 | 
1299  | 
    (f \isasymunion g)\isasymin{}bij(A \isasymunion C, B \isasymunion D)
 | 
|
1300  | 
||
1301  | 
\tdx{restrict_bij}: [| f\isasymin{}inj(A,B); C\isasymsubseteq{}A |] ==> restrict(f,C)\isasymin{}bij(C, f``C)
 | 
|
| 14154 | 1302  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1303  | 
\caption{Permutations} \label{zf-perm}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1304  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1305  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1306  | 
The theory \thydx{Perm} is concerned with permutations (bijections) and
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1307  | 
related concepts. These include composition of relations, the identity  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1308  | 
relation, and three specialized function spaces: injective, surjective and  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1309  | 
bijective.  Figure~\ref{zf-perm} displays many of their properties that
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1310  | 
have been proved. These results are fundamental to a treatment of  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1311  | 
equipollence and cardinality.  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1312  | 
|
| 14154 | 1313  | 
Theory \thydx{Univ} defines a `universe' $\isa{univ}(A)$, which is used by
 | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1314  | 
the datatype package. This set contains $A$ and the  | 
| 14154 | 1315  | 
natural numbers. Vitally, it is closed under finite products:  | 
1316  | 
$\isa{univ}(A)\times\isa{univ}(A)\subseteq\isa{univ}(A)$.  This theory also
 | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1317  | 
defines the cumulative hierarchy of axiomatic set theory, which  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1318  | 
traditionally is written $V@\alpha$ for an ordinal~$\alpha$. The  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1319  | 
`universe' is a simple generalization of~$V@\omega$.  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1320  | 
|
| 14154 | 1321  | 
Theory \thydx{QUniv} defines a `universe' $\isa{quniv}(A)$, which is used by
 | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1322  | 
the datatype package to construct codatatypes such as streams. It is  | 
| 14154 | 1323  | 
analogous to $\isa{univ}(A)$ (and is defined in terms of it) but is closed
 | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1324  | 
under the non-standard product and sum.  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1325  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1326  | 
|
| 6173 | 1327  | 
\section{Automatic Tools}
 | 
1328  | 
||
| 9695 | 1329  | 
ZF provides the simplifier and the classical reasoner. Moreover it supplies a  | 
1330  | 
specialized tool to infer `types' of terms.  | 
|
| 6173 | 1331  | 
|
| 14154 | 1332  | 
\subsection{Simplification and Classical Reasoning}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1333  | 
|
| 9695 | 1334  | 
ZF inherits simplification from FOL but adopts it for set theory. The  | 
1335  | 
extraction of rewrite rules takes the ZF primitives into account. It can  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1336  | 
strip bounded universal quantifiers from a formula; for example, ${\forall
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1337  | 
x\in A. f(x)=g(x)}$ yields the conditional rewrite rule $x\in A \Imp  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1338  | 
f(x)=g(x)$.  Given $a\in\{x\in A. P(x)\}$ it extracts rewrite rules from $a\in
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1339  | 
A$ and~$P(a)$. It can also break down $a\in A\int B$ and $a\in A-B$.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1340  | 
|
| 14154 | 1341  | 
The default simpset used by \isa{simp} contains congruence rules for all of ZF's
 | 
1342  | 
binding operators. It contains all the conversion rules, such as  | 
|
1343  | 
\isa{fst} and
 | 
|
1344  | 
\isa{snd}, as well as the rewrites shown in Fig.\ts\ref{zf-simpdata}.
 | 
|
1345  | 
||
1346  | 
Classical reasoner methods such as \isa{blast} and \isa{auto} refer to
 | 
|
1347  | 
a rich collection of built-in axioms for all the set-theoretic  | 
|
1348  | 
primitives.  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1349  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1350  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1351  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1352  | 
\begin{eqnarray*}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1353  | 
a\in \emptyset & \bimp & \bot\\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1354  | 
a \in A \un B & \bimp & a\in A \disj a\in B\\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1355  | 
a \in A \int B & \bimp & a\in A \conj a\in B\\  | 
| 14154 | 1356  | 
a \in A-B & \bimp & a\in A \conj \lnot (a\in B)\\  | 
1357  | 
  \pair{a,b}\in \isa{Sigma}(A,B)
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1358  | 
& \bimp & a\in A \conj b\in B(a)\\  | 
| 14154 | 1359  | 
  a \in \isa{Collect}(A,P)      & \bimp &  a\in A \conj P(a)\\
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1360  | 
(\forall x \in \emptyset. P(x)) & \bimp & \top\\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1361  | 
(\forall x \in A. \top) & \bimp & \top  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1362  | 
\end{eqnarray*}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1363  | 
\caption{Some rewrite rules for set theory} \label{zf-simpdata}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1364  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1365  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1366  | 
|
| 6173 | 1367  | 
\subsection{Type-Checking Tactics}
 | 
1368  | 
\index{type-checking tactics}
 | 
|
1369  | 
||
| 9695 | 1370  | 
Isabelle/ZF provides simple tactics to help automate those proofs that are  | 
| 6173 | 1371  | 
essentially type-checking. Such proofs are built by applying rules such as  | 
1372  | 
these:  | 
|
| 14154 | 1373  | 
\begin{ttbox}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14158 | 1374  | 
[| ?P ==> ?a \isasymin ?A; ~?P ==> ?b \isasymin ?A |]  | 
1375  | 
==> (if ?P then ?a else ?b) \isasymin ?A  | 
|
| 14154 | 1376  | 
|
1377  | 
[| ?m \isasymin nat; ?n \isasymin nat |] ==> ?m #+ ?n \isasymin nat  | 
|
1378  | 
||
1379  | 
?a \isasymin ?A ==> Inl(?a) \isasymin ?A + ?B  | 
|
| 6173 | 1380  | 
\end{ttbox}
 | 
1381  | 
In typical applications, the goal has the form $t\in\Var{A}$: in other words,
 | 
|
1382  | 
we have a specific term~$t$ and need to infer its `type' by instantiating the  | 
|
1383  | 
set variable~$\Var{A}$.  Neither the simplifier nor the classical reasoner
 | 
|
1384  | 
does this job well. The if-then-else rule, and many similar ones, can make  | 
|
1385  | 
the classical reasoner loop. The simplifier refuses (on principle) to  | 
|
| 14154 | 1386  | 
instantiate variables during rewriting, so goals such as \isa{i\#+j \isasymin \ ?A}
 | 
| 6173 | 1387  | 
are left unsolved.  | 
1388  | 
||
1389  | 
The simplifier calls the type-checker to solve rewritten subgoals: this stage  | 
|
1390  | 
can indeed instantiate variables. If you have defined new constants and  | 
|
| 14154 | 1391  | 
proved type-checking rules for them, then declare the rules using  | 
1392  | 
the attribute \isa{TC} and the rest should be automatic.  In
 | 
|
1393  | 
particular, the simplifier will use type-checking to help satisfy  | 
|
1394  | 
conditional rewrite rules. Call the method \ttindex{typecheck} to
 | 
|
1395  | 
break down all subgoals using type-checking rules. You can add new  | 
|
1396  | 
type-checking rules temporarily like this:  | 
|
1397  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1398  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (typecheck add:\ inj_is_fun)
 | 
| 14154 | 1399  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
1400  | 
||
1401  | 
||
1402  | 
%Though the easiest way to invoke the type-checker is via the simplifier,  | 
|
1403  | 
%specialized applications may require more detailed knowledge of  | 
|
1404  | 
%the type-checking primitives. They are modelled on the simplifier's:  | 
|
1405  | 
%\begin{ttdescription}
 | 
|
1406  | 
%\item[\ttindexbold{tcset}] is the type of tcsets: sets of type-checking rules.
 | 
|
1407  | 
%  | 
|
1408  | 
%\item[\ttindexbold{addTCs}] is an infix operator to add type-checking rules to
 | 
|
1409  | 
% a tcset.  | 
|
1410  | 
%  | 
|
1411  | 
%\item[\ttindexbold{delTCs}] is an infix operator to remove type-checking rules
 | 
|
1412  | 
% from a tcset.  | 
|
1413  | 
%  | 
|
1414  | 
%\item[\ttindexbold{typecheck_tac}] is a tactic for attempting to prove all
 | 
|
1415  | 
% subgoals using the rules given in its argument, a tcset.  | 
|
1416  | 
%\end{ttdescription}
 | 
|
1417  | 
%  | 
|
1418  | 
%Tcsets, like simpsets, are associated with theories and are merged when  | 
|
1419  | 
%theories are merged. There are further primitives that use the default tcset.  | 
|
1420  | 
%\begin{ttdescription}
 | 
|
1421  | 
%\item[\ttindexbold{tcset}] is a function to return the default tcset; use the
 | 
|
1422  | 
%  expression \isa{tcset()}.
 | 
|
1423  | 
%  | 
|
1424  | 
%\item[\ttindexbold{AddTCs}] adds type-checking rules to the default tcset.
 | 
|
1425  | 
%  | 
|
1426  | 
%\item[\ttindexbold{DelTCs}] removes type-checking rules from the default
 | 
|
1427  | 
% tcset.  | 
|
1428  | 
%  | 
|
1429  | 
%\item[\ttindexbold{Typecheck_tac}] calls \isa{typecheck_tac} using the
 | 
|
1430  | 
% default tcset.  | 
|
1431  | 
%\end{ttdescription}
 | 
|
1432  | 
%  | 
|
1433  | 
%To supply some type-checking rules temporarily, using \isa{Addrules} and
 | 
|
1434  | 
%later \isa{Delrules} is the simplest way.  There is also a high-tech
 | 
|
1435  | 
%approach. Call the simplifier with a new solver expressed using  | 
|
1436  | 
%\ttindexbold{type_solver_tac} and your temporary type-checking rules.
 | 
|
1437  | 
%\begin{ttbox}\isastyleminor
 | 
|
1438  | 
%by (asm_simp_tac  | 
|
1439  | 
% (simpset() setSolver type_solver_tac (tcset() addTCs prems)) 2);  | 
|
1440  | 
%\end{ttbox}
 | 
|
| 6173 | 1441  | 
|
1442  | 
||
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1443  | 
\section{Natural number and integer arithmetic}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1444  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1445  | 
\index{arithmetic|(}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1446  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1447  | 
\begin{figure}\small
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1448  | 
\index{#*@{\tt\#*} symbol}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1449  | 
\index{*div symbol}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1450  | 
\index{*mod symbol}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1451  | 
\index{#+@{\tt\#+} symbol}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1452  | 
\index{#-@{\tt\#-} symbol}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1453  | 
\begin{constants}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1454  | 
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1455  | 
  \cdx{nat}     & $i$                   &       & set of natural numbers \\
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1456  | 
  \cdx{nat_case}& $[i,i\To i,i]\To i$     &     & conditional for $nat$\\
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1457  | 
\tt \#* & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 70 & multiplication \\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1458  | 
\tt div & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 70 & division\\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1459  | 
\tt mod & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 70 & modulus\\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1460  | 
\tt \#+ & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 65 & addition\\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1461  | 
\tt \#- & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 65 & subtraction  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1462  | 
\end{constants}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1463  | 
|
| 14158 | 1464  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14154 | 1465  | 
\tdx{nat_def}: nat == lfp(lam r \isasymin Pow(Inf). {\ttlbrace}0{\ttrbrace} \isasymunion {\ttlbrace}succ(x). x \isasymin r{\ttrbrace}
 | 
1466  | 
||
| 14158 | 1467  | 
\tdx{nat_case_def}:  nat_case(a,b,k) == 
 | 
| 14154 | 1468  | 
              THE y. k=0 & y=a | ({\isasymexists}x. k=succ(x) & y=b(x))
 | 
1469  | 
||
| 14158 | 1470  | 
\tdx{nat_0I}:           0 \isasymin nat
 | 
1471  | 
\tdx{nat_succI}:        n \isasymin nat ==> succ(n) \isasymin nat
 | 
|
1472  | 
||
1473  | 
\tdx{nat_induct}:        
 | 
|
| 14154 | 1474  | 
[| n \isasymin nat; P(0); !!x. [| x \isasymin nat; P(x) |] ==> P(succ(x))  | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1475  | 
|] ==> P(n)  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1476  | 
|
| 14158 | 1477  | 
\tdx{nat_case_0}:       nat_case(a,b,0) = a
 | 
1478  | 
\tdx{nat_case_succ}:    nat_case(a,b,succ(m)) = b(m)
 | 
|
1479  | 
||
1480  | 
\tdx{add_0_natify}:     0 #+ n = natify(n)
 | 
|
1481  | 
\tdx{add_succ}:         succ(m) #+ n = succ(m #+ n)
 | 
|
1482  | 
||
1483  | 
\tdx{mult_type}:        m #* n \isasymin nat
 | 
|
1484  | 
\tdx{mult_0}:           0 #* n = 0
 | 
|
1485  | 
\tdx{mult_succ}:        succ(m) #* n = n #+ (m #* n)
 | 
|
1486  | 
\tdx{mult_commute}:     m #* n = n #* m
 | 
|
1487  | 
\tdx{add_mult_dist}:    (m #+ n) #* k = (m #* k) #+ (n #* k)
 | 
|
1488  | 
\tdx{mult_assoc}:       (m #* n) #* k = m #* (n #* k)
 | 
|
1489  | 
\tdx{mod_div_equality}: m \isasymin nat ==> (m div n)#*n #+ m mod n = m
 | 
|
1490  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1491  | 
\caption{The natural numbers} \label{zf-nat}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1492  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1493  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1494  | 
\index{natural numbers}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1495  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1496  | 
Theory \thydx{Nat} defines the natural numbers and mathematical
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1497  | 
induction, along with a case analysis operator. The set of natural  | 
| 14154 | 1498  | 
numbers, here called \isa{nat}, is known in set theory as the ordinal~$\omega$.
 | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1499  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1500  | 
Theory \thydx{Arith} develops arithmetic on the natural numbers
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1501  | 
(Fig.\ts\ref{zf-nat}).  Addition, multiplication and subtraction are defined
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1502  | 
by primitive recursion. Division and remainder are defined by repeated  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1503  | 
subtraction, which requires well-founded recursion; the termination argument  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1504  | 
relies on the divisor's being non-zero. Many properties are proved:  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1505  | 
commutative, associative and distributive laws, identity and cancellation  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1506  | 
laws, etc. The most interesting result is perhaps the theorem $a \bmod b +  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1507  | 
(a/b)\times b = a$.  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1508  | 
|
| 14154 | 1509  | 
To minimize the need for tedious proofs of $t\in\isa{nat}$, the arithmetic
 | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1510  | 
operators coerce their arguments to be natural numbers. The function  | 
| 14154 | 1511  | 
\cdx{natify} is defined such that $\isa{natify}(n) = n$ if $n$ is a natural
 | 
1512  | 
number, $\isa{natify}(\isa{succ}(x)) =
 | 
|
1513  | 
\isa{succ}(\isa{natify}(x))$ for all $x$, and finally
 | 
|
1514  | 
$\isa{natify}(x)=0$ in all other cases.  The benefit is that the addition,
 | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1515  | 
subtraction, multiplication, division and remainder operators always return  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1516  | 
natural numbers, regardless of their arguments. Algebraic laws (commutative,  | 
| 14154 | 1517  | 
associative, distributive) are unconditional.  Occurrences of \isa{natify}
 | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1518  | 
as operands of those operators are simplified away. Any remaining occurrences  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1519  | 
can either be tolerated or else eliminated by proving that the argument is a  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1520  | 
natural number.  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1521  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1522  | 
The simplifier automatically cancels common terms on the opposite sides of  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1523  | 
subtraction and of relations ($=$, $<$ and $\le$). Here is an example:  | 
| 14154 | 1524  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
1525  | 
1. i \#+ j \#+ k \#- j < k \#+ l\isanewline  | 
|
1526  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ simp\isanewline
 | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1527  | 
1. natify(i) < natify(l)  | 
| 14154 | 1528  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
1529  | 
Given the assumptions \isa{i \isasymin nat} and \isa{l \isasymin nat}, both occurrences of
 | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1530  | 
\cdx{natify} would be simplified away.
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1531  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1532  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1533  | 
\begin{figure}\small
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1534  | 
\index{$*@{\tt\$*} symbol}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1535  | 
\index{$+@{\tt\$+} symbol}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1536  | 
\index{$-@{\tt\$-} symbol}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1537  | 
\begin{constants}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1538  | 
\it symbol & \it meta-type & \it priority & \it description \\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1539  | 
  \cdx{int}     & $i$                   &       & set of integers \\
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1540  | 
\tt \$* & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 70 & multiplication \\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1541  | 
\tt \$+ & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 65 & addition\\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1542  | 
\tt \$- & $[i,i]\To i$ & Left 65 & subtraction\\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1543  | 
\tt \$< & $[i,i]\To o$ & Left 50 & $<$ on integers\\  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1544  | 
\tt \$<= & $[i,i]\To o$ & Left 50 & $\le$ on integers  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1545  | 
\end{constants}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1546  | 
|
| 14158 | 1547  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14154 | 1548  | 
\tdx{zadd_0_intify}:    0 $+ n = intify(n)
 | 
1549  | 
||
1550  | 
\tdx{zmult_type}:       m $* n \isasymin int
 | 
|
1551  | 
\tdx{zmult_0}:          0 $* n = 0
 | 
|
1552  | 
\tdx{zmult_commute}:    m $* n = n $* m
 | 
|
1553  | 
\tdx{zadd_zmult_dist}:   (m $+ n) $* k = (m $* k) $+ (n $* k)
 | 
|
1554  | 
\tdx{zmult_assoc}:      (m $* n) $* k = m $* (n $* k)
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1555  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1556  | 
\caption{The integers} \label{zf-int}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1557  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1558  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1559  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1560  | 
\index{integers}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1561  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1562  | 
Theory \thydx{Int} defines the integers, as equivalence classes of natural
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1563  | 
numbers.   Figure~\ref{zf-int} presents a tidy collection of laws.  In
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1564  | 
fact, a large library of facts is proved, including monotonicity laws for  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1565  | 
addition and multiplication, covering both positive and negative operands.  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1566  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1567  | 
As with the natural numbers, the need for typing proofs is minimized. All the  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1568  | 
operators defined in Fig.\ts\ref{zf-int} coerce their operands to integers by
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1569  | 
applying the function \cdx{intify}.  This function is the identity on integers
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1570  | 
and maps other operands to zero.  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1571  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1572  | 
Decimal notation is provided for the integers. Numbers, written as  | 
| 14154 | 1573  | 
\isa{\#$nnn$} or \isa{\#-$nnn$}, are represented internally in
 | 
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1574  | 
two's-complement binary. Expressions involving addition, subtraction and  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1575  | 
multiplication of numeral constants are evaluated (with acceptable efficiency)  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1576  | 
by simplification. The simplifier also collects similar terms, multiplying  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1577  | 
them by a numerical coefficient. It also cancels occurrences of the same  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1578  | 
terms on the other side of the relational operators. Example:  | 
| 14154 | 1579  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
1580  | 
1. y \$+ z \$+ \#-3 \$* x \$+ y \$<= x \$* \#2 \$+  | 
|
1581  | 
z\isanewline  | 
|
1582  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ simp\isanewline
 | 
|
1583  | 
1. \#2 \$* y \$<= \#5 \$* x  | 
|
1584  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
9584
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1585  | 
For more information on the integers, please see the theories on directory  | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1586  | 
\texttt{ZF/Integ}. 
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1587  | 
|
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1588  | 
\index{arithmetic|)}
 | 
| 
 
af21f4364c05
documented the integers and updated section on nat arithmetic
 
paulson 
parents: 
8249 
diff
changeset
 | 
1589  | 
|
| 6173 | 1590  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1591  | 
\section{Datatype definitions}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1592  | 
\label{sec:ZF:datatype}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1593  | 
\index{*datatype|(}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1594  | 
|
| 9695 | 1595  | 
The \ttindex{datatype} definition package of ZF constructs inductive datatypes
 | 
| 14154 | 1596  | 
similar to \ML's. It can also construct coinductive datatypes  | 
| 9695 | 1597  | 
(codatatypes), which are non-well-founded structures such as streams. It  | 
1598  | 
defines the set using a fixed-point construction and proves induction rules,  | 
|
1599  | 
as well as theorems for recursion and case combinators. It supplies  | 
|
1600  | 
mechanisms for reasoning about freeness. The datatype package can handle both  | 
|
1601  | 
mutual and indirect recursion.  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1602  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1603  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1604  | 
\subsection{Basics}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1605  | 
\label{subsec:datatype:basics}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1606  | 
|
| 14154 | 1607  | 
A \isa{datatype} definition has the following form:
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1608  | 
\[  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1609  | 
\begin{array}{llcl}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1610  | 
\mathtt{datatype} & t@1(A@1,\ldots,A@h) & = &
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1611  | 
  constructor^1@1 ~\mid~ \ldots ~\mid~ constructor^1@{k@1} \\
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1612  | 
& & \vdots \\  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1613  | 
\mathtt{and} & t@n(A@1,\ldots,A@h) & = &
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1614  | 
  constructor^n@1~ ~\mid~ \ldots ~\mid~ constructor^n@{k@n}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1615  | 
\end{array}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1616  | 
\]  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1617  | 
Here $t@1$, \ldots,~$t@n$ are identifiers and $A@1$, \ldots,~$A@h$ are  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1618  | 
variables: the datatype's parameters. Each constructor specification has the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1619  | 
form \dquotesoff  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1620  | 
\[ C \hbox{\tt~( } \hbox{\tt"} x@1 \hbox{\tt:} T@1 \hbox{\tt"},\;
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1621  | 
\ldots,\;  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1622  | 
                   \hbox{\tt"} x@m \hbox{\tt:} T@m \hbox{\tt"}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1623  | 
     \hbox{\tt~)}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1624  | 
\]  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1625  | 
Here $C$ is the constructor name, and variables $x@1$, \ldots,~$x@m$ are the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1626  | 
constructor arguments, belonging to the sets $T@1$, \ldots, $T@m$,  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1627  | 
respectively. Typically each $T@j$ is either a constant set, a datatype  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1628  | 
parameter (one of $A@1$, \ldots, $A@h$) or a recursive occurrence of one of  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1629  | 
the datatypes, say $t@i(A@1,\ldots,A@h)$. More complex possibilities exist,  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1630  | 
but they are much harder to realize. Often, additional information must be  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1631  | 
supplied in the form of theorems.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1632  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1633  | 
A datatype can occur recursively as the argument of some function~$F$. This  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1634  | 
is called a {\em nested} (or \emph{indirect}) occurrence.  It is only allowed
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1635  | 
if the datatype package is given a theorem asserting that $F$ is monotonic.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1636  | 
If the datatype has indirect occurrences, then Isabelle/ZF does not support  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1637  | 
recursive function definitions.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1638  | 
|
| 14154 | 1639  | 
A simple example of a datatype is \isa{list}, which is built-in, and is
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1640  | 
defined by  | 
| 14158 | 1641  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14154 | 1642  | 
consts list :: "i=>i"  | 
1643  | 
datatype  "list(A)" = Nil | Cons ("a \isasymin A", "l \isasymin list(A)")
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1644  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1645  | 
Note that the datatype operator must be declared as a constant first.  | 
| 14154 | 1646  | 
However, the package declares the constructors.  Here, \isa{Nil} gets type
 | 
1647  | 
$i$ and \isa{Cons} gets type $[i,i]\To i$.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1648  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1649  | 
Trees and forests can be modelled by the mutually recursive datatype  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1650  | 
definition  | 
| 14158 | 1651  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14154 | 1652  | 
consts  | 
1653  | 
tree :: "i=>i"  | 
|
1654  | 
forest :: "i=>i"  | 
|
1655  | 
tree_forest :: "i=>i"  | 
|
1656  | 
datatype  "tree(A)"   = Tcons ("a{\isasymin}A",  "f{\isasymin}forest(A)")
 | 
|
1657  | 
and "forest(A)" = Fnil | Fcons ("t{\isasymin}tree(A)",  "f{\isasymin}forest(A)")
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1658  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 14154 | 1659  | 
Here $\isa{tree}(A)$ is the set of trees over $A$, $\isa{forest}(A)$ is
 | 
1660  | 
the set of forests over $A$, and  $\isa{tree_forest}(A)$ is the union of
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1661  | 
the previous two sets. All three operators must be declared first.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1662  | 
|
| 14154 | 1663  | 
The datatype \isa{term}, which is defined by
 | 
| 14158 | 1664  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14154 | 1665  | 
consts term :: "i=>i"  | 
1666  | 
datatype  "term(A)" = Apply ("a \isasymin A", "l \isasymin list(term(A))")
 | 
|
1667  | 
monos list_mono  | 
|
| 14158 | 1668  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 14154 | 1669  | 
is an example of nested recursion.  (The theorem \isa{list_mono} is proved
 | 
1670  | 
in theory \isa{List}, and the \isa{term} example is developed in
 | 
|
1671  | 
theory  | 
|
1672  | 
\thydx{Induct/Term}.)
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1673  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1674  | 
\subsubsection{Freeness of the constructors}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1675  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1676  | 
Constructors satisfy {\em freeness} properties.  Constructions are distinct,
 | 
| 14154 | 1677  | 
for example $\isa{Nil}\not=\isa{Cons}(a,l)$, and they are injective, for
 | 
1678  | 
example $\isa{Cons}(a,l)=\isa{Cons}(a',l') \bimp a=a' \conj l=l'$.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1679  | 
Because the number of freeness is quadratic in the number of constructors, the  | 
| 6143 | 1680  | 
datatype package does not prove them. Instead, it ensures that simplification  | 
1681  | 
will prove them dynamically: when the simplifier encounters a formula  | 
|
1682  | 
asserting the equality of two datatype constructors, it performs freeness  | 
|
1683  | 
reasoning.  | 
|
1684  | 
||
1685  | 
Freeness reasoning can also be done using the classical reasoner, but it is  | 
|
1686  | 
more complicated. You have to add some safe elimination rules rules to the  | 
|
| 14154 | 1687  | 
claset.  For the \isa{list} datatype, they are called
 | 
1688  | 
\isa{list.free_elims}.  Occasionally this exposes the underlying
 | 
|
| 6143 | 1689  | 
representation of some constructor, which can be rectified using the command  | 
| 14154 | 1690  | 
\isa{unfold list.con_defs [symmetric]}.
 | 
| 6143 | 1691  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1692  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1693  | 
\subsubsection{Structural induction}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1694  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1695  | 
The datatype package also provides structural induction rules. For datatypes  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1696  | 
without mutual or nested recursion, the rule has the form exemplified by  | 
| 14154 | 1697  | 
\isa{list.induct} in Fig.\ts\ref{zf-list}.  For mutually recursive
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1698  | 
datatypes, the induction rule is supplied in two forms. Consider datatype  | 
| 14154 | 1699  | 
\isa{TF}.  The rule \isa{tree_forest.induct} performs induction over a
 | 
1700  | 
single predicate~\isa{P}, which is presumed to be defined for both trees
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1701  | 
and forests:  | 
| 14158 | 1702  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14154 | 1703  | 
[| x \isasymin tree_forest(A);  | 
1704  | 
!!a f. [| a \isasymin A; f \isasymin forest(A); P(f) |] ==> P(Tcons(a, f));  | 
|
| 8249 | 1705  | 
P(Fnil);  | 
| 14154 | 1706  | 
!!f t. [| t \isasymin tree(A); P(t); f \isasymin forest(A); P(f) |]  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1707  | 
==> P(Fcons(t, f))  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1708  | 
|] ==> P(x)  | 
| 14158 | 1709  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 14154 | 1710  | 
The rule \isa{tree_forest.mutual_induct} performs induction over two
 | 
1711  | 
distinct predicates, \isa{P_tree} and \isa{P_forest}.
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1712  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1713  | 
[| !!a f.  | 
| 14154 | 1714  | 
      [| a{\isasymin}A; f{\isasymin}forest(A); P_forest(f) |] ==> P_tree(Tcons(a,f));
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1715  | 
P_forest(Fnil);  | 
| 14154 | 1716  | 
   !!f t. [| t{\isasymin}tree(A); P_tree(t); f{\isasymin}forest(A); P_forest(f) |]
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1717  | 
==> P_forest(Fcons(t, f))  | 
| 14154 | 1718  | 
|] ==> ({\isasymforall}za. za \isasymin tree(A) --> P_tree(za)) &
 | 
1719  | 
    ({\isasymforall}za. za \isasymin forest(A) --> P_forest(za))
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1720  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1721  | 
|
| 14154 | 1722  | 
For datatypes with nested recursion, such as the \isa{term} example from
 | 
1723  | 
above, things are a bit more complicated.  The rule \isa{term.induct}
 | 
|
1724  | 
refers to the monotonic operator, \isa{list}:
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1725  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14154 | 1726  | 
[| x \isasymin term(A);  | 
| 14158 | 1727  | 
   !!a l. [| a\isasymin{}A; l\isasymin{}list(Collect(term(A), P)) |] ==> P(Apply(a,l)) 
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1728  | 
|] ==> P(x)  | 
| 14158 | 1729  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 14154 | 1730  | 
The theory \isa{Induct/Term.thy} derives two higher-level induction rules,
 | 
1731  | 
one of which is particularly useful for proving equations:  | 
|
| 14158 | 1732  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14154 | 1733  | 
[| t \isasymin term(A);  | 
1734  | 
!!x zs. [| x \isasymin A; zs \isasymin list(term(A)); map(f, zs) = map(g, zs) |]  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1735  | 
==> f(Apply(x, zs)) = g(Apply(x, zs))  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1736  | 
|] ==> f(t) = g(t)  | 
| 14158 | 1737  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1738  | 
How this can be generalized to other nested datatypes is a matter for future  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1739  | 
research.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1740  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1741  | 
|
| 14154 | 1742  | 
\subsubsection{The \isa{case} operator}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1743  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1744  | 
The package defines an operator for performing case analysis over the  | 
| 14154 | 1745  | 
datatype.  For \isa{list}, it is called \isa{list_case} and satisfies
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1746  | 
the equations  | 
| 14154 | 1747  | 
\begin{ttbox}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1748  | 
list_case(f_Nil, f_Cons, []) = f_Nil  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1749  | 
list_case(f_Nil, f_Cons, Cons(a, l)) = f_Cons(a, l)  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1750  | 
\end{ttbox}
 | 
| 14154 | 1751  | 
Here \isa{f_Nil} is the value to return if the argument is \isa{Nil} and
 | 
1752  | 
\isa{f_Cons} is a function that computes the value to return if the
 | 
|
1753  | 
argument has the form $\isa{Cons}(a,l)$.  The function can be expressed as
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1754  | 
an abstraction, over patterns if desired (\S\ref{sec:pairs}).
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1755  | 
|
| 14154 | 1756  | 
For mutually recursive datatypes, there is a single \isa{case} operator.
 | 
1757  | 
In the tree/forest example, the constant \isa{tree_forest_case} handles all
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1758  | 
of the constructors of the two datatypes.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1759  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1760  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1761  | 
\subsection{Defining datatypes}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1762  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1763  | 
The theory syntax for datatype definitions is shown in  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1764  | 
Fig.~\ref{datatype-grammar}.  In order to be well-formed, a datatype
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1765  | 
definition has to obey the rules stated in the previous section. As a result  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1766  | 
the theory is extended with the new types, the constructors, and the theorems  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1767  | 
listed in the previous section. The quotation marks are necessary because  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1768  | 
they enclose general Isabelle formul\ae.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1769  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1770  | 
\begin{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1771  | 
\begin{rail}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1772  | 
datatype : ( 'datatype' | 'codatatype' ) datadecls;  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1773  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1774  | 
datadecls: ( '"' id arglist '"' '=' (constructor + '|') ) + 'and'  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1775  | 
;  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1776  | 
constructor : name ( () | consargs )  ( () | ( '(' mixfix ')' ) )
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1777  | 
;  | 
| 14154 | 1778  | 
consargs : '(' ('"' var ' : ' term '"' + ',') ')'
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1779  | 
;  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1780  | 
\end{rail}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1781  | 
\caption{Syntax of datatype declarations}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1782  | 
\label{datatype-grammar}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1783  | 
\end{figure}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1784  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1785  | 
Codatatypes are declared like datatypes and are identical to them in every  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1786  | 
respect except that they have a coinduction rule instead of an induction rule.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1787  | 
Note that while an induction rule has the effect of limiting the values  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1788  | 
contained in the set, a coinduction rule gives a way of constructing new  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1789  | 
values of the set.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1790  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1791  | 
Most of the theorems about datatypes become part of the default simpset. You  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1792  | 
never need to see them again because the simplifier applies them  | 
| 14154 | 1793  | 
automatically.  | 
1794  | 
||
1795  | 
\subsubsection{Specialized methods for datatypes}
 | 
|
1796  | 
||
1797  | 
Induction and case-analysis can be invoked using these special-purpose  | 
|
1798  | 
methods:  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1799  | 
\begin{ttdescription}
 | 
| 14154 | 1800  | 
\item[\methdx{induct_tac} $x$] applies structural
 | 
1801  | 
induction on variable $x$ to subgoal~1, provided the type of $x$ is a  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1802  | 
datatype. The induction variable should not occur among other assumptions  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1803  | 
of the subgoal.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1804  | 
\end{ttdescription}
 | 
| 14154 | 1805  | 
%  | 
1806  | 
% we also have the ind_cases method, but what does it do?  | 
|
1807  | 
In some situations, induction is overkill and a case distinction over all  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1808  | 
constructors of the datatype suffices.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1809  | 
\begin{ttdescription}
 | 
| 14202 | 1810  | 
\item[\methdx{case_tac} $x$]
 | 
| 14154 | 1811  | 
performs a case analysis for the variable~$x$.  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1812  | 
\end{ttdescription}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1813  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1814  | 
Both tactics can only be applied to a variable, whose typing must be given in  | 
| 14154 | 1815  | 
some assumption, for example the assumption \isa{x \isasymin \ list(A)}.  The tactics
 | 
1816  | 
also work for the natural numbers (\isa{nat}) and disjoint sums, although
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1817  | 
these sets were not defined using the datatype package. (Disjoint sums are  | 
| 14154 | 1818  | 
not recursive, so only \isa{case_tac} is available.)
 | 
1819  | 
||
1820  | 
Structured Isar methods are also available. Below, $t$  | 
|
1821  | 
stands for the name of the datatype.  | 
|
1822  | 
\begin{ttdescription}
 | 
|
1823  | 
\item[\methdx{induct} \isa{set:}\ $t$] is the Isar induction tactic.
 | 
|
1824  | 
\item[\methdx{cases} \isa{set:}\ $t$] is the Isar case-analysis tactic.
 | 
|
1825  | 
\end{ttdescription}
 | 
|
1826  | 
||
1827  | 
||
1828  | 
\subsubsection{The theorems proved by a datatype declaration}
 | 
|
1829  | 
||
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1830  | 
Here are some more details for the technically minded. Processing the  | 
| 14154 | 1831  | 
datatype declaration of a set~$t$ produces a name space~$t$ containing  | 
1832  | 
the following theorems:  | 
|
1833  | 
\begin{ttbox}\isastyleminor
 | 
|
1834  | 
intros          \textrm{the introduction rules}
 | 
|
1835  | 
cases           \textrm{the case analysis rule}
 | 
|
1836  | 
induct          \textrm{the standard induction rule}
 | 
|
1837  | 
mutual_induct   \textrm{the mutual induction rule, if needed}
 | 
|
1838  | 
case_eqns       \textrm{equations for the case operator}
 | 
|
1839  | 
recursor_eqns   \textrm{equations for the recursor}
 | 
|
1840  | 
simps           \textrm{the union of} case_eqns \textrm{and} recursor_eqns
 | 
|
1841  | 
con_defs        \textrm{definitions of the case operator and constructors}
 | 
|
1842  | 
free_iffs       \textrm{logical equivalences for proving freeness}
 | 
|
1843  | 
free_elims      \textrm{elimination rules for proving freeness}
 | 
|
1844  | 
defs            \textrm{datatype definition(s)}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1845  | 
\end{ttbox}
 | 
| 14154 | 1846  | 
Furthermore there is the theorem $C$ for every constructor~$C$; for  | 
1847  | 
example, the \isa{list} datatype's introduction rules are bound to the
 | 
|
1848  | 
identifiers \isa{Nil} and \isa{Cons}.
 | 
|
1849  | 
||
1850  | 
For a codatatype, the component \isa{coinduct} is the coinduction rule,
 | 
|
1851  | 
replacing the \isa{induct} component.
 | 
|
1852  | 
||
1853  | 
See the theories \isa{Induct/Ntree} and \isa{Induct/Brouwer} for examples of
 | 
|
1854  | 
infinitely branching datatypes.  See theory \isa{Induct/LList} for an example
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1855  | 
of a codatatype. Some of these theories illustrate the use of additional,  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1856  | 
undocumented features of the datatype package. Datatype definitions are  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1857  | 
reduced to inductive definitions, and the advanced features should be  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1858  | 
understood in that light.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1859  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1860  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1861  | 
\subsection{Examples}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1862  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1863  | 
\subsubsection{The datatype of binary trees}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1864  | 
|
| 14154 | 1865  | 
Let us define the set $\isa{bt}(A)$ of binary trees over~$A$.  The theory
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1866  | 
must contain these lines:  | 
| 14158 | 1867  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 14154 | 1868  | 
consts bt :: "i=>i"  | 
1869  | 
datatype "bt(A)" = Lf | Br ("a\isasymin{}A", "t1\isasymin{}bt(A)", "t2\isasymin{}bt(A)")
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1870  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 14154 | 1871  | 
After loading the theory, we can prove some theorem.  | 
1872  | 
We begin by declaring the constructor's typechecking rules  | 
|
1873  | 
as simplification rules:  | 
|
1874  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
1875  | 
\isacommand{declare}\ bt.intros\ [simp]%
 | 
|
1876  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
1877  | 
||
1878  | 
Our first example is the theorem that no tree equals its  | 
|
1879  | 
left branch. To make the inductive hypothesis strong enough,  | 
|
1880  | 
the proof requires a quantified induction formula, but  | 
|
1881  | 
the \isa{rule\_format} attribute will remove the quantifiers 
 | 
|
1882  | 
before the theorem is stored.  | 
|
1883  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1884  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ Br\_neq\_left\ [rule\_format]:\ "l\isasymin bt(A)\ ==>\ \isasymforall x\ r.\ Br(x,l,r)\isasymnoteq{}l"\isanewline
 | 
| 14154 | 1885  | 
\ 1.\ l\ \isasymin \ bt(A)\ \isasymLongrightarrow \ \isasymforall x\ r.\ Br(x,\ l,\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ l%  | 
1886  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1887  | 
This can be proved by the structural induction tactic:  | 
| 14154 | 1888  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
1889  | 
\ \ \isacommand{apply}\ (induct\_tac\ l)\isanewline
 | 
|
1890  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymforall x\ r.\ Br(x,\ Lf,\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ Lf\isanewline  | 
|
1891  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymAnd a\ t1\ t2.\isanewline  | 
|
1892  | 
\isaindent{\ 2.\ \ \ \ }\isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ t1\ \isasymin \ bt(A);\ \isasymforall x\ r.\ Br(x,\ t1,\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ t1;\ t2\ \isasymin \ bt(A);\isanewline
 | 
|
1893  | 
\isaindent{\ 2.\ \ \ \ \ \ \ }\isasymforall x\ r.\ Br(x,\ t2,\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ t2\isasymrbrakk \isanewline
 | 
|
1894  | 
\isaindent{\ 2.\ \ \ \ }\isasymLongrightarrow \ \isasymforall x\ r.\ Br(x,\ Br(a,\ t1,\ t2),\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ Br(a,\ t1,\ t2)
 | 
|
1895  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
1896  | 
Both subgoals are proved using \isa{auto}, which performs the necessary
 | 
|
| 6143 | 1897  | 
freeness reasoning.  | 
| 14154 | 1898  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
1899  | 
\ \ \isacommand{apply}\ auto\isanewline
 | 
|
1900  | 
No\ subgoals!\isanewline  | 
|
1901  | 
\isacommand{done}
 | 
|
1902  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
1903  | 
||
1904  | 
An alternative proof uses Isar's fancy \isa{induct} method, which 
 | 
|
1905  | 
automatically quantifies over all free variables:  | 
|
1906  | 
||
1907  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
1908  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ Br\_neq\_left':\ "l\ \isasymin \ bt(A)\ ==>\ (!!x\ r.\ Br(x,\ l,\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ l)"\isanewline
 | 
|
1909  | 
\ \ \isacommand{apply}\ (induct\ set:\ bt)\isanewline
 | 
|
1910  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x\ r.\ Br(x,\ Lf,\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ Lf\isanewline  | 
|
1911  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymAnd a\ t1\ t2\ x\ r.\isanewline  | 
|
1912  | 
\isaindent{\ 2.\ \ \ \ }\isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ t1\ \isasymin \ bt(A);\ \isasymAnd x\ r.\ Br(x,\ t1,\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ t1;\ t2\ \isasymin \ bt(A);\isanewline
 | 
|
1913  | 
\isaindent{\ 2.\ \ \ \ \ \ \ }\isasymAnd x\ r.\ Br(x,\ t2,\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ t2\isasymrbrakk \isanewline
 | 
|
1914  | 
\isaindent{\ 2.\ \ \ \ }\isasymLongrightarrow \ Br(x,\ Br(a,\ t1,\ t2),\ r)\ \isasymnoteq \ Br(a,\ t1,\ t2)
 | 
|
1915  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
1916  | 
Compare the form of the induction hypotheses with the corresponding ones in  | 
|
1917  | 
the previous proof. As before, to conclude requires only \isa{auto}.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1918  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1919  | 
When there are only a few constructors, we might prefer to prove the freenness  | 
| 14154 | 1920  | 
theorems for each constructor. This is simple:  | 
1921  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
1922  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ Br\_iff:\ "Br(a,l,r)\ =\ Br(a',l',r')\ <->\ a=a'\ \&\ l=l'\ \&\ r=r'"\isanewline
 | 
|
1923  | 
\ \ \isacommand{by}\ (blast\ elim!:\ bt.free\_elims)
 | 
|
1924  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
1925  | 
Here we see a demonstration of freeness reasoning using  | 
|
1926  | 
\isa{bt.free\_elims}, but simpler still is just to apply \isa{auto}.
 | 
|
1927  | 
||
1928  | 
An \ttindex{inductive\_cases} declaration generates instances of the
 | 
|
1929  | 
case analysis rule that have been simplified using freeness  | 
|
1930  | 
reasoning.  | 
|
1931  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
1932  | 
\isacommand{inductive\_cases}\ Br\_in\_bt:\ "Br(a,\ l,\ r)\ \isasymin \ bt(A)"
 | 
|
1933  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
1934  | 
The theorem just created is  | 
|
1935  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
1936  | 
\isasymlbrakk Br(a,\ l,\ r)\ \isasymin \ bt(A);\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ l\ \isasymin \ bt(A);\ r\ \isasymin \ bt(A)\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ Q\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ Q.  | 
|
1937  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
1938  | 
It is an elimination rule that from $\isa{Br}(a,l,r)\in\isa{bt}(A)$
 | 
|
1939  | 
lets us infer $a\in A$, $l\in\isa{bt}(A)$ and
 | 
|
1940  | 
$r\in\isa{bt}(A)$.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1941  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1942  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1943  | 
\subsubsection{Mixfix syntax in datatypes}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1944  | 
|
| 14154 | 1945  | 
Mixfix syntax is sometimes convenient.  The theory \isa{Induct/PropLog} makes a
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1946  | 
deep embedding of propositional logic:  | 
| 14158 | 1947  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1948  | 
consts prop :: i  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1949  | 
datatype "prop" = Fls  | 
| 14154 | 1950  | 
                 | Var ("n \isasymin nat")                ("#_" [100] 100)
 | 
1951  | 
                 | "=>" ("p \isasymin prop", "q \isasymin prop")   (infixr 90)
 | 
|
| 14158 | 1952  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1953  | 
The second constructor has a special $\#n$ syntax, while the third constructor  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1954  | 
is an infixed arrow.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1955  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1956  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1957  | 
\subsubsection{A giant enumeration type}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1958  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1959  | 
This example shows a datatype that consists of 60 constructors:  | 
| 14158 | 1960  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1961  | 
consts enum :: i  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1962  | 
datatype  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1963  | 
"enum" = C00 | C01 | C02 | C03 | C04 | C05 | C06 | C07 | C08 | C09  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1964  | 
| C10 | C11 | C12 | C13 | C14 | C15 | C16 | C17 | C18 | C19  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1965  | 
| C20 | C21 | C22 | C23 | C24 | C25 | C26 | C27 | C28 | C29  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1966  | 
| C30 | C31 | C32 | C33 | C34 | C35 | C36 | C37 | C38 | C39  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1967  | 
| C40 | C41 | C42 | C43 | C44 | C45 | C46 | C47 | C48 | C49  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1968  | 
| C50 | C51 | C52 | C53 | C54 | C55 | C56 | C57 | C58 | C59  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1969  | 
end  | 
| 14158 | 1970  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1971  | 
The datatype package scales well. Even though all properties are proved  | 
| 14154 | 1972  | 
rather than assumed, full processing of this definition takes around two seconds  | 
1973  | 
(on a 1.8GHz machine). The constructors have a balanced representation,  | 
|
1974  | 
related to binary notation, so freeness properties can be proved fast.  | 
|
1975  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
1976  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ "C00 \isasymnoteq\ C01"\isanewline
 | 
|
1977  | 
\ \ \isacommand{by}\ simp
 | 
|
1978  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
1979  | 
You need not derive such inequalities explicitly. The simplifier will  | 
|
1980  | 
dispose of them automatically.  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1981  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1982  | 
\index{*datatype|)}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1983  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1984  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1985  | 
\subsection{Recursive function definitions}\label{sec:ZF:recursive}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1986  | 
\index{recursive functions|see{recursion}}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1987  | 
\index{*primrec|(}
 | 
| 6173 | 1988  | 
\index{recursion!primitive|(}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1989  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1990  | 
Datatypes come with a uniform way of defining functions, {\bf primitive
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1991  | 
recursion}. Such definitions rely on the recursion operator defined by the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1992  | 
datatype package. Isabelle proves the desired recursion equations as  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1993  | 
theorems.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1994  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
1995  | 
In principle, one could introduce primitive recursive functions by asserting  | 
| 14154 | 1996  | 
their reduction rules as axioms. Here is a dangerous way of defining a  | 
1997  | 
recursive function over binary trees:  | 
|
1998  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
1999  | 
\isacommand{consts}\ \ n\_nodes\ ::\ "i\ =>\ i"\isanewline
 | 
|
2000  | 
\isacommand{axioms}\isanewline
 | 
|
2001  | 
\ \ n\_nodes\_Lf:\ "n\_nodes(Lf)\ =\ 0"\isanewline  | 
|
2002  | 
\ \ n\_nodes\_Br:\ "n\_nodes(Br(a,l,r))\ =\ succ(n\_nodes(l)\ \#+\ n\_nodes(r))"  | 
|
2003  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2004  | 
Asserting axioms brings the danger of accidentally introducing  | 
|
2005  | 
contradictions. It should be avoided whenever possible.  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2006  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2007  | 
The \ttindex{primrec} declaration is a safe means of defining primitive
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2008  | 
recursive functions on datatypes:  | 
| 14154 | 2009  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2010  | 
\isacommand{consts}\ \ n\_nodes\ ::\ "i\ =>\ i"\isanewline
 | 
|
2011  | 
\isacommand{primrec}\isanewline
 | 
|
2012  | 
\ \ "n\_nodes(Lf)\ =\ 0"\isanewline  | 
|
2013  | 
\ \ "n\_nodes(Br(a,\ l,\ r))\ =\ succ(n\_nodes(l)\ \#+\ n\_nodes(r))"  | 
|
2014  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2015  | 
Isabelle will now derive the two equations from a low-level definition  | 
|
2016  | 
based upon well-founded recursion. If they do not define a legitimate  | 
|
2017  | 
recursion, then Isabelle will reject the declaration.  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2018  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2019  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2020  | 
\subsubsection{Syntax of recursive definitions}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2021  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2022  | 
The general form of a primitive recursive definition is  | 
| 14154 | 2023  | 
\begin{ttbox}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2024  | 
primrec  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2025  | 
    {\it reduction rules}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2026  | 
\end{ttbox}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2027  | 
where \textit{reduction rules} specify one or more equations of the form
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2028  | 
\[ f \, x@1 \, \dots \, x@m \, (C \, y@1 \, \dots \, y@k) \, z@1 \,  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2029  | 
\dots \, z@n = r \] such that $C$ is a constructor of the datatype, $r$  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2030  | 
contains only the free variables on the left-hand side, and all recursive  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2031  | 
calls in $r$ are of the form $f \, \dots \, y@i \, \dots$ for some $i$.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2032  | 
There must be at most one reduction rule for each constructor. The order is  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2033  | 
immaterial. For missing constructors, the function is defined to return zero.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2034  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2035  | 
All reduction rules are added to the default simpset.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2036  | 
If you would like to refer to some rule by name, then you must prefix  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2037  | 
the rule with an identifier. These identifiers, like those in the  | 
| 14154 | 2038  | 
\isa{rules} section of a theory, will be visible in proof scripts.
 | 
2039  | 
||
2040  | 
The reduction rules become part of the default simpset, which  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2041  | 
leads to short proof scripts:  | 
| 14154 | 2042  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2043  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ n\_nodes\_type\ [simp]:\ "t\ \isasymin \ bt(A)\ ==>\ n\_nodes(t)\ \isasymin \ nat"\isanewline
 | 
|
2044  | 
\ \ \isacommand{by}\ (induct\_tac\ t,\ auto)
 | 
|
2045  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2046  | 
||
2047  | 
You can even use the \isa{primrec} form with non-recursive datatypes and
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2048  | 
with codatatypes. Recursion is not allowed, but it provides a convenient  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2049  | 
syntax for defining functions by cases.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2050  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2051  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2052  | 
\subsubsection{Example: varying arguments}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2053  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2054  | 
All arguments, other than the recursive one, must be the same in each equation  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2055  | 
and in each recursive call. To get around this restriction, use explict  | 
| 14154 | 2056  | 
$\lambda$-abstraction and function application. For example, let us  | 
2057  | 
define the tail-recursive version of \isa{n\_nodes}, using an 
 | 
|
2058  | 
accumulating argument for the counter. The second argument, $k$, varies in  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2059  | 
recursive calls.  | 
| 14154 | 2060  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2061  | 
\isacommand{consts}\ \ n\_nodes\_aux\ ::\ "i\ =>\ i"\isanewline
 | 
|
2062  | 
\isacommand{primrec}\isanewline
 | 
|
2063  | 
\ \ "n\_nodes\_aux(Lf)\ =\ (\isasymlambda k\ \isasymin \ nat.\ k)"\isanewline  | 
|
2064  | 
\ \ "n\_nodes\_aux(Br(a,l,r))\ =\ \isanewline  | 
|
2065  | 
\ \ \ \ \ \ (\isasymlambda k\ \isasymin \ nat.\ n\_nodes\_aux(r)\ `\ \ (n\_nodes\_aux(l)\ `\ succ(k)))"  | 
|
2066  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2067  | 
Now \isa{n\_nodes\_aux(t)\ `\ k} is our function in two arguments. We
 | 
|
2068  | 
can prove a theorem relating it to \isa{n\_nodes}. Note the quantification
 | 
|
2069  | 
over \isa{k\ \isasymin \ nat}:
 | 
|
2070  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2071  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ n\_nodes\_aux\_eq\ [rule\_format]:\isanewline
 | 
|
2072  | 
\ \ \ \ \ "t\ \isasymin \ bt(A)\ ==>\ \isasymforall k\ \isasymin \ nat.\ n\_nodes\_aux(t)`k\ =\ n\_nodes(t)\ \#+\ k"\isanewline  | 
|
2073  | 
\ \ \isacommand{by}\ (induct\_tac\ t,\ simp\_all)
 | 
|
2074  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2075  | 
||
2076  | 
Now, we can use \isa{n\_nodes\_aux} to define a tail-recursive version
 | 
|
2077  | 
of \isa{n\_nodes}:
 | 
|
2078  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2079  | 
\isacommand{constdefs}\isanewline
 | 
|
2080  | 
\ \ n\_nodes\_tail\ ::\ "i\ =>\ i"\isanewline  | 
|
2081  | 
\ \ \ "n\_nodes\_tail(t)\ ==\ n\_nodes\_aux(t)\ `\ 0"  | 
|
2082  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2083  | 
It is easy to  | 
|
2084  | 
prove that \isa{n\_nodes\_tail} is equivalent to \isa{n\_nodes}:
 | 
|
2085  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2086  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ "t\ \isasymin \ bt(A)\ ==>\ n\_nodes\_tail(t)\ =\ n\_nodes(t)"\isanewline
 | 
|
2087  | 
\ \isacommand{by}\ (simp\ add:\ n\_nodes\_tail\_def\ n\_nodes\_aux\_eq)
 | 
|
2088  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2089  | 
||
2090  | 
||
2091  | 
||
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2092  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2093  | 
\index{recursion!primitive|)}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2094  | 
\index{*primrec|)}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2095  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2096  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2097  | 
\section{Inductive and coinductive definitions}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2098  | 
\index{*inductive|(}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2099  | 
\index{*coinductive|(}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2100  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2101  | 
An {\bf inductive definition} specifies the least set~$R$ closed under given
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2102  | 
rules. (Applying a rule to elements of~$R$ yields a result within~$R$.) For  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2103  | 
example, a structural operational semantics is an inductive definition of an  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2104  | 
evaluation relation.  Dually, a {\bf coinductive definition} specifies the
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2105  | 
greatest set~$R$ consistent with given rules. (Every element of~$R$ can be  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2106  | 
seen as arising by applying a rule to elements of~$R$.) An important example  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2107  | 
is using bisimulation relations to formalise equivalence of processes and  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2108  | 
infinite data structures.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2109  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2110  | 
A theory file may contain any number of inductive and coinductive  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2111  | 
definitions. They may be intermixed with other declarations; in  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2112  | 
particular, the (co)inductive sets {\bf must} be declared separately as
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2113  | 
constants, and may have mixfix syntax or be subject to syntax translations.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2114  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2115  | 
Each (co)inductive definition adds definitions to the theory and also  | 
| 14154 | 2116  | 
proves some theorems. It behaves identially to the analogous  | 
2117  | 
inductive definition except that instead of an induction rule there is  | 
|
2118  | 
a coinduction rule. Its treatment of coinduction is described in  | 
|
2119  | 
detail in a separate paper,%  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2120  | 
\footnote{It appeared in CADE~\cite{paulson-CADE}; a longer version is
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2121  | 
  distributed with Isabelle as \emph{A Fixedpoint Approach to 
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2122  | 
(Co)Inductive and (Co)Datatype Definitions}.} %  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2123  | 
which you might refer to for background information.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2124  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2125  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2126  | 
\subsection{The syntax of a (co)inductive definition}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2127  | 
An inductive definition has the form  | 
| 14154 | 2128  | 
\begin{ttbox}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2129  | 
inductive  | 
| 14154 | 2130  | 
  domains     {\it domain declarations}
 | 
2131  | 
  intros      {\it introduction rules}
 | 
|
2132  | 
  monos       {\it monotonicity theorems}
 | 
|
2133  | 
  con_defs    {\it constructor definitions}
 | 
|
2134  | 
  type_intros {\it introduction rules for type-checking}
 | 
|
2135  | 
  type_elims  {\it elimination rules for type-checking}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2136  | 
\end{ttbox}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2137  | 
A coinductive definition is identical, but starts with the keyword  | 
| 14154 | 2138  | 
\isa{co\-inductive}.  
 | 
2139  | 
||
2140  | 
The \isa{monos}, \isa{con\_defs}, \isa{type\_intros} and \isa{type\_elims}
 | 
|
2141  | 
sections are optional. If present, each is specified as a list of  | 
|
2142  | 
theorems, which may contain Isar attributes as usual.  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2143  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2144  | 
\begin{description}
 | 
| 8249 | 2145  | 
\item[\it domain declarations] are items of the form  | 
| 14154 | 2146  | 
  {\it string\/}~\isa{\isasymsubseteq }~{\it string}, associating each recursive set with
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2147  | 
its domain. (The domain is some existing set that is large enough to  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2148  | 
hold the new set being defined.)  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2149  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2150  | 
\item[\it introduction rules] specify one or more introduction rules in  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2151  | 
  the form {\it ident\/}~{\it string}, where the identifier gives the name of
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2152  | 
the rule in the result structure.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2153  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2154  | 
\item[\it monotonicity theorems] are required for each operator applied to  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2155  | 
  a recursive set in the introduction rules.  There \textbf{must} be a theorem
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2156  | 
of the form $A\subseteq B\Imp M(A)\subseteq M(B)$, for each premise $t\in M(R_i)$  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2157  | 
in an introduction rule!  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2158  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2159  | 
\item[\it constructor definitions] contain definitions of constants  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2160  | 
appearing in the introduction rules. The (co)datatype package supplies  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2161  | 
the constructors' definitions here. Most (co)inductive definitions omit  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2162  | 
this section; one exception is the primitive recursive functions example;  | 
| 14154 | 2163  | 
  see theory \isa{Induct/Primrec}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2164  | 
|
| 14154 | 2165  | 
\item[\it type\_intros] consists of introduction rules for type-checking the  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2166  | 
definition: for demonstrating that the new set is included in its domain.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2167  | 
(The proof uses depth-first search.)  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2168  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2169  | 
\item[\it type\_elims] consists of elimination rules for type-checking the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2170  | 
definition. They are presumed to be safe and are applied as often as  | 
| 14154 | 2171  | 
  possible prior to the \isa{type\_intros} search.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2172  | 
\end{description}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2173  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2174  | 
The package has a few restrictions:  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2175  | 
\begin{itemize}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2176  | 
\item The theory must separately declare the recursive sets as  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2177  | 
constants.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2178  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2179  | 
\item The names of the recursive sets must be identifiers, not infix  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2180  | 
operators.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2181  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2182  | 
\item Side-conditions must not be conjunctions. However, an introduction rule  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2183  | 
may contain any number of side-conditions.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2184  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2185  | 
\item Side-conditions of the form $x=t$, where the variable~$x$ does not  | 
| 14154 | 2186  | 
  occur in~$t$, will be substituted through the rule \isa{mutual\_induct}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2187  | 
\end{itemize}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2188  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2189  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2190  | 
\subsection{Example of an inductive definition}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2191  | 
|
| 14154 | 2192  | 
Below, we shall see how Isabelle/ZF defines the finite powerset  | 
2193  | 
operator.  The first step is to declare the constant~\isa{Fin}.  Then we
 | 
|
2194  | 
must declare it inductively, with two introduction rules:  | 
|
2195  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2196  | 
\isacommand{consts}\ \ Fin\ ::\ "i=>i"\isanewline
 | 
|
2197  | 
\isacommand{inductive}\isanewline
 | 
|
2198  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{domains}\ \ \ "Fin(A)"\ \isasymsubseteq\ "Pow(A)"\isanewline
 | 
|
2199  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{intros}\isanewline
 | 
|
2200  | 
\ \ \ \ emptyI:\ \ "0\ \isasymin\ Fin(A)"\isanewline  | 
|
2201  | 
\ \ \ \ consI:\ \ \ "[|\ a\ \isasymin\ A;\ \ b\ \isasymin\ Fin(A)\ |]\ ==>\ cons(a,b)\ \isasymin\ Fin(A)"\isanewline  | 
|
2202  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{type\_intros}\ \ empty\_subsetI\ cons\_subsetI\ PowI\isanewline
 | 
|
2203  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{type\_elims}\ \ \ PowD\ [THEN\ revcut\_rl]\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2204  | 
The resulting theory contains a name space, called~\isa{Fin}.
 | 
|
2205  | 
The \isa{Fin}$~A$ introduction rules can be referred to collectively as
 | 
|
2206  | 
\isa{Fin.intros}, and also individually as \isa{Fin.emptyI} and
 | 
|
2207  | 
\isa{Fin.consI}.  The induction rule is \isa{Fin.induct}.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2208  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2209  | 
The chief problem with making (co)inductive definitions involves type-checking  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2210  | 
the rules. Sometimes, additional theorems need to be supplied under  | 
| 14154 | 2211  | 
\isa{type_intros} or \isa{type_elims}.  If the package fails when trying
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2212  | 
to prove your introduction rules, then set the flag \ttindexbold{trace_induct}
 | 
| 14154 | 2213  | 
to \isa{true} and try again.  (See the manual \emph{A Fixedpoint Approach
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2214  | 
\ldots} for more discussion of type-checking.)  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2215  | 
|
| 14154 | 2216  | 
In the example above, $\isa{Pow}(A)$ is given as the domain of
 | 
2217  | 
$\isa{Fin}(A)$, for obviously every finite subset of~$A$ is a subset
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2218  | 
of~$A$. However, the inductive definition package can only prove that given a  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2219  | 
few hints.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2220  | 
Here is the output that results (with the flag set) when the  | 
| 14154 | 2221  | 
\isa{type_intros} and \isa{type_elims} are omitted from the inductive
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2222  | 
definition above:  | 
| 14158 | 2223  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2224  | 
Inductive definition Finite.Fin  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2225  | 
Fin(A) ==  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2226  | 
lfp(Pow(A),  | 
| 14158 | 2227  | 
    \%X. {z\isasymin{}Pow(A) . z = 0 | ({\isasymexists}a b. z = cons(a,b) & a\isasymin{}A & b\isasymin{}X)})
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2228  | 
Proving monotonicity...  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2229  | 
\ttbreak  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2230  | 
Proving the introduction rules...  | 
| 6173 | 2231  | 
The type-checking subgoal:  | 
| 14154 | 2232  | 
0 \isasymin Fin(A)  | 
2233  | 
1. 0 \isasymin Pow(A)  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2234  | 
\ttbreak  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2235  | 
The subgoal after monos, type_elims:  | 
| 14154 | 2236  | 
0 \isasymin Fin(A)  | 
2237  | 
1. 0 \isasymin Pow(A)  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2238  | 
*** prove_goal: tactic failed  | 
| 14158 | 2239  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2240  | 
We see the need to supply theorems to let the package prove  | 
| 14154 | 2241  | 
$\emptyset\in\isa{Pow}(A)$.  Restoring the \isa{type_intros} but not the
 | 
2242  | 
\isa{type_elims}, we again get an error message:
 | 
|
| 14158 | 2243  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 6173 | 2244  | 
The type-checking subgoal:  | 
| 14154 | 2245  | 
0 \isasymin Fin(A)  | 
2246  | 
1. 0 \isasymin Pow(A)  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2247  | 
\ttbreak  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2248  | 
The subgoal after monos, type_elims:  | 
| 14154 | 2249  | 
0 \isasymin Fin(A)  | 
2250  | 
1. 0 \isasymin Pow(A)  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2251  | 
\ttbreak  | 
| 6173 | 2252  | 
The type-checking subgoal:  | 
| 14154 | 2253  | 
cons(a, b) \isasymin Fin(A)  | 
2254  | 
1. [| a \isasymin A; b \isasymin Fin(A) |] ==> cons(a, b) \isasymin Pow(A)  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2255  | 
\ttbreak  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2256  | 
The subgoal after monos, type_elims:  | 
| 14154 | 2257  | 
cons(a, b) \isasymin Fin(A)  | 
2258  | 
1. [| a \isasymin A; b \isasymin Pow(A) |] ==> cons(a, b) \isasymin Pow(A)  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2259  | 
*** prove_goal: tactic failed  | 
| 14158 | 2260  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2261  | 
The first rule has been type-checked, but the second one has failed. The  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2262  | 
simplest solution to such problems is to prove the failed subgoal separately  | 
| 14154 | 2263  | 
and to supply it under \isa{type_intros}.  The solution actually used is
 | 
2264  | 
to supply, under \isa{type_elims}, a rule that changes
 | 
|
2265  | 
$b\in\isa{Pow}(A)$ to $b\subseteq A$; together with \isa{cons_subsetI}
 | 
|
2266  | 
and \isa{PowI}, it is enough to complete the type-checking.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2267  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2268  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2269  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2270  | 
\subsection{Further examples}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2271  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2272  | 
An inductive definition may involve arbitrary monotonic operators. Here is a  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2273  | 
standard example: the accessible part of a relation. Note the use  | 
| 14154 | 2274  | 
of~\isa{Pow} in the introduction rule and the corresponding mention of the
 | 
2275  | 
rule \isa{Pow\_mono} in the \isa{monos} list.  If the desired rule has a
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2276  | 
universally quantified premise, usually the effect can be obtained using  | 
| 14154 | 2277  | 
\isa{Pow}.
 | 
2278  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2279  | 
\isacommand{consts}\ \ acc\ ::\ "i\ =>\ i"\isanewline
 | 
|
2280  | 
\isacommand{inductive}\isanewline
 | 
|
2281  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{domains}\ "acc(r)"\ \isasymsubseteq \ "field(r)"\isanewline
 | 
|
2282  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{intros}\isanewline
 | 
|
2283  | 
\ \ \ \ vimage:\ \ "[|\ r-``\isacharbraceleft a\isacharbraceright\ \isasymin\ Pow(acc(r));\ a\ \isasymin \ field(r)\ |]  | 
|
2284  | 
\isanewline  | 
|
2285  | 
\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ==>\ a\ \isasymin \ acc(r)"\isanewline  | 
|
2286  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{monos}\ \ Pow\_mono
 | 
|
2287  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2288  | 
||
2289  | 
Finally, here are some coinductive definitions. We begin by defining  | 
|
2290  | 
lazy (potentially infinite) lists as a codatatype:  | 
|
2291  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2292  | 
\isacommand{consts}\ \ llist\ \ ::\ "i=>i"\isanewline
 | 
|
2293  | 
\isacommand{codatatype}\isanewline
 | 
|
2294  | 
\ \ "llist(A)"\ =\ LNil\ |\ LCons\ ("a\ \isasymin \ A",\ "l\ \isasymin \ llist(A)")\isanewline
 | 
|
2295  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2296  | 
||
2297  | 
The notion of equality on such lists is modelled as a bisimulation:  | 
|
2298  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2299  | 
\isacommand{consts}\ \ lleq\ ::\ "i=>i"\isanewline
 | 
|
2300  | 
\isacommand{coinductive}\isanewline
 | 
|
2301  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{domains}\ "lleq(A)"\ <=\ "llist(A)\ *\ llist(A)"\isanewline
 | 
|
2302  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{intros}\isanewline
 | 
|
2303  | 
\ \ \ \ LNil:\ \ "<LNil,\ LNil>\ \isasymin \ lleq(A)"\isanewline  | 
|
2304  | 
\ \ \ \ LCons:\ "[|\ a\ \isasymin \ A;\ <l,l'>\ \isasymin \ lleq(A)\ |]\ \isanewline  | 
|
2305  | 
\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ==>\ <LCons(a,l),\ LCons(a,l')>\ \isasymin \ lleq(A)"\isanewline  | 
|
2306  | 
\ \ \isakeyword{type\_intros}\ \ llist.intros
 | 
|
2307  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2308  | 
This use of \isa{type_intros} is typical: the relation concerns the
 | 
|
2309  | 
codatatype \isa{llist}, so naturally the introduction rules for that
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2310  | 
codatatype will be required for type-checking the rules.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2311  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2312  | 
The Isabelle distribution contains many other inductive definitions. Simple  | 
| 14154 | 2313  | 
examples are collected on subdirectory \isa{ZF/Induct}.  The directory
 | 
2314  | 
\isa{Coind} and the theory \isa{ZF/Induct/LList} contain coinductive
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2315  | 
definitions. Larger examples may be found on other subdirectories of  | 
| 14154 | 2316  | 
\isa{ZF}, such as \isa{IMP}, and \isa{Resid}.
 | 
2317  | 
||
2318  | 
||
2319  | 
\subsection{Theorems generated}
 | 
|
2320  | 
||
2321  | 
Each (co)inductive set defined in a theory file generates a name space  | 
|
2322  | 
containing the following elements:  | 
|
2323  | 
\begin{ttbox}\isastyleminor
 | 
|
2324  | 
intros        \textrm{the introduction rules}
 | 
|
2325  | 
elim          \textrm{the elimination (case analysis) rule}
 | 
|
2326  | 
induct        \textrm{the standard induction rule}
 | 
|
2327  | 
mutual_induct \textrm{the mutual induction rule, if needed}
 | 
|
2328  | 
defs          \textrm{definitions of inductive sets}
 | 
|
2329  | 
bnd_mono      \textrm{monotonicity property}
 | 
|
2330  | 
dom_subset    \textrm{inclusion in `bounding set'}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2331  | 
\end{ttbox}
 | 
| 14154 | 2332  | 
Furthermore, each introduction rule is available under its declared  | 
2333  | 
name. For a codatatype, the component \isa{coinduct} is the coinduction rule,
 | 
|
2334  | 
replacing the \isa{induct} component.
 | 
|
2335  | 
||
2336  | 
Recall that the \ttindex{inductive\_cases} declaration generates
 | 
|
2337  | 
simplified instances of the case analysis rule. It is as useful for  | 
|
2338  | 
inductive definitions as it is for datatypes. There are many examples  | 
|
2339  | 
in the theory  | 
|
2340  | 
\isa{Induct/Comb}, which is discussed at length
 | 
|
2341  | 
elsewhere~\cite{paulson-generic}.  The theory first defines the
 | 
|
2342  | 
datatype  | 
|
2343  | 
\isa{comb} of combinators:
 | 
|
| 14158 | 2344  | 
\begin{alltt*}\isastyleminor
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2345  | 
consts comb :: i  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2346  | 
datatype "comb" = K  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2347  | 
| S  | 
| 14154 | 2348  | 
                 | "#" ("p \isasymin comb", "q \isasymin comb")   (infixl 90)
 | 
| 14158 | 2349  | 
\end{alltt*}
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2350  | 
The theory goes on to define contraction and parallel contraction  | 
| 14154 | 2351  | 
inductively.  Then the theory \isa{Induct/Comb.thy} defines special
 | 
2352  | 
cases of contraction, such as this one:  | 
|
2353  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2354  | 
\isacommand{inductive\_cases}\ K\_contractE [elim!]:\ "K -1-> r"
 | 
|
2355  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2356  | 
The theorem just created is \isa{K -1-> r \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ Q},
 | 
|
2357  | 
which expresses that the combinator \isa{K} cannot reduce to
 | 
|
2358  | 
anything.  (From the assumption \isa{K-1->r}, we can conclude any desired
 | 
|
2359  | 
formula \isa{Q}\@.)  Similar elimination rules for \isa{S} and application are also
 | 
|
2360  | 
generated. The attribute \isa{elim!}\ shown above supplies the generated
 | 
|
2361  | 
theorem to the classical reasoner. This mode of working allows  | 
|
2362  | 
effective reasoniung about operational semantics.  | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2363  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2364  | 
\index{*coinductive|)} \index{*inductive|)}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2365  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2366  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2367  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2368  | 
\section{The outer reaches of set theory}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2369  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2370  | 
The constructions of the natural numbers and lists use a suite of  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2371  | 
operators for handling recursive function definitions. I have described  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2372  | 
the developments in detail elsewhere~\cite{paulson-set-II}.  Here is a brief
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2373  | 
summary:  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2374  | 
\begin{itemize}
 | 
| 14154 | 2375  | 
  \item Theory \isa{Trancl} defines the transitive closure of a relation
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2376  | 
(as a least fixedpoint).  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2377  | 
|
| 14154 | 2378  | 
  \item Theory \isa{WF} proves the well-founded recursion theorem, using an
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2379  | 
elegant approach of Tobias Nipkow. This theorem permits general  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2380  | 
recursive definitions within set theory.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2381  | 
|
| 14154 | 2382  | 
  \item Theory \isa{Ord} defines the notions of transitive set and ordinal
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2383  | 
    number.  It derives transfinite induction.  A key definition is {\bf
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2384  | 
less than}: $i<j$ if and only if $i$ and $j$ are both ordinals and  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2385  | 
$i\in j$. As a special case, it includes less than on the natural  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2386  | 
numbers.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2387  | 
|
| 14154 | 2388  | 
  \item Theory \isa{Epsilon} derives $\varepsilon$-induction and
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2389  | 
$\varepsilon$-recursion, which are generalisations of transfinite  | 
| 14154 | 2390  | 
    induction and recursion.  It also defines \cdx{rank}$(x)$, which is the
 | 
2391  | 
least ordinal $\alpha$ such that $x$ is constructed at stage $\alpha$ of  | 
|
2392  | 
    the cumulative hierarchy (thus $x\in V@{\alpha+1}$).
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2393  | 
\end{itemize}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2394  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2395  | 
Other important theories lead to a theory of cardinal numbers. They have  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2396  | 
not yet been written up anywhere. Here is a summary:  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2397  | 
\begin{itemize}
 | 
| 14154 | 2398  | 
\item Theory \isa{Rel} defines the basic properties of relations, such as
 | 
| 14158 | 2399  | 
reflexivity, symmetry and transitivity.  | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2400  | 
|
| 14154 | 2401  | 
\item Theory \isa{EquivClass} develops a theory of equivalence
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2402  | 
classes, not using the Axiom of Choice.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2403  | 
|
| 14154 | 2404  | 
\item Theory \isa{Order} defines partial orderings, total orderings and
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2405  | 
wellorderings.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2406  | 
|
| 14154 | 2407  | 
\item Theory \isa{OrderArith} defines orderings on sum and product sets.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2408  | 
These can be used to define ordinal arithmetic and have applications to  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2409  | 
cardinal arithmetic.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2410  | 
|
| 14154 | 2411  | 
\item Theory \isa{OrderType} defines order types.  Every wellordering is
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2412  | 
equivalent to a unique ordinal, which is its order type.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2413  | 
|
| 14154 | 2414  | 
\item Theory \isa{Cardinal} defines equipollence and cardinal numbers.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2415  | 
|
| 14154 | 2416  | 
\item Theory \isa{CardinalArith} defines cardinal addition and
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2417  | 
multiplication, and proves their elementary laws. It proves that there  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2418  | 
is no greatest cardinal. It also proves a deep result, namely  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2419  | 
$\kappa\otimes\kappa=\kappa$ for every infinite cardinal~$\kappa$; see  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2420  | 
  Kunen~\cite[page 29]{kunen80}.  None of these results assume the Axiom of
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2421  | 
Choice, which complicates their proofs considerably.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2422  | 
\end{itemize}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2423  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2424  | 
The following developments involve the Axiom of Choice (AC):  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2425  | 
\begin{itemize}
 | 
| 14154 | 2426  | 
\item Theory \isa{AC} asserts the Axiom of Choice and proves some simple
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2427  | 
equivalent forms.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2428  | 
|
| 14154 | 2429  | 
\item Theory \isa{Zorn} proves Hausdorff's Maximal Principle, Zorn's Lemma
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2430  | 
and the Wellordering Theorem, following Abrial and  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2431  | 
  Laffitte~\cite{abrial93}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2432  | 
|
| 14154 | 2433  | 
\item Theory \isa{Cardinal\_AC} uses AC to prove simplified theorems about
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2434  | 
the cardinals. It also proves a theorem needed to justify  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2435  | 
infinitely branching datatype declarations: if $\kappa$ is an infinite  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2436  | 
cardinal and $|X(\alpha)| \le \kappa$ for all $\alpha<\kappa$ then  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2437  | 
  $|\union\sb{\alpha<\kappa} X(\alpha)| \le \kappa$.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2438  | 
|
| 14154 | 2439  | 
\item Theory \isa{InfDatatype} proves theorems to justify infinitely
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2440  | 
branching datatypes. Arbitrary index sets are allowed, provided their  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2441  | 
cardinalities have an upper bound. The theory also justifies some  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2442  | 
unusual cases of finite branching, involving the finite powerset operator  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2443  | 
and the finite function space operator.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2444  | 
\end{itemize}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2445  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2446  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2447  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2448  | 
\section{The examples directories}
 | 
| 14154 | 2449  | 
Directory \isa{HOL/IMP} contains a mechanised version of a semantic
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2450  | 
equivalence proof taken from Winskel~\cite{winskel93}.  It formalises the
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2451  | 
denotational and operational semantics of a simple while-language, then  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2452  | 
proves the two equivalent. It contains several datatype and inductive  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2453  | 
definitions, and demonstrates their use.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2454  | 
|
| 14154 | 2455  | 
The directory \isa{ZF/ex} contains further developments in ZF set theory.
 | 
| 9695 | 2456  | 
Here is an overview; see the files themselves for more details. I describe  | 
2457  | 
much of this material in other  | 
|
| 14154 | 2458  | 
publications~\cite{paulson-set-I,paulson-set-II,paulson-fixedpt-milner}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2459  | 
\begin{itemize}
 | 
| 14154 | 2460  | 
\item File \isa{misc.ML} contains miscellaneous examples such as
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2461  | 
Cantor's Theorem, the Schr\"oder-Bernstein Theorem and the `Composition  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2462  | 
  of homomorphisms' challenge~\cite{boyer86}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2463  | 
|
| 14154 | 2464  | 
\item Theory \isa{Ramsey} proves the finite exponent 2 version of
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2465  | 
Ramsey's Theorem, following Basin and Kaufmann's  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2466  | 
  presentation~\cite{basin91}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2467  | 
|
| 14154 | 2468  | 
\item Theory \isa{Integ} develops a theory of the integers as
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2469  | 
equivalence classes of pairs of natural numbers.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2470  | 
|
| 14154 | 2471  | 
\item Theory \isa{Primrec} develops some computation theory.  It
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2472  | 
inductively defines the set of primitive recursive functions and presents a  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2473  | 
proof that Ackermann's function is not primitive recursive.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2474  | 
|
| 14154 | 2475  | 
\item Theory \isa{Primes} defines the Greatest Common Divisor of two
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2476  | 
natural numbers and and the ``divides'' relation.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2477  | 
|
| 14154 | 2478  | 
\item Theory \isa{Bin} defines a datatype for two's complement binary
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2479  | 
integers, then proves rewrite rules to perform binary arithmetic. For  | 
| 14154 | 2480  | 
  instance, $1359\times {-}2468 = {-}3354012$ takes 0.3 seconds.
 | 
2481  | 
||
2482  | 
\item Theory \isa{BT} defines the recursive data structure $\isa{bt}(A)$, labelled binary trees.
 | 
|
2483  | 
||
2484  | 
\item Theory \isa{Term} defines a recursive data structure for terms
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2485  | 
and term lists. These are simply finite branching trees.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2486  | 
|
| 14154 | 2487  | 
\item Theory \isa{TF} defines primitives for solving mutually
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2488  | 
recursive equations over sets. It constructs sets of trees and forests  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2489  | 
as an example, including induction and recursion rules that handle the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2490  | 
mutual recursion.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2491  | 
|
| 14154 | 2492  | 
\item Theory \isa{Prop} proves soundness and completeness of
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2493  | 
  propositional logic~\cite{paulson-set-II}.  This illustrates datatype
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2494  | 
definitions, inductive definitions, structural induction and rule  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2495  | 
induction.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2496  | 
|
| 14154 | 2497  | 
\item Theory \isa{ListN} inductively defines the lists of $n$
 | 
| 6592 | 2498  | 
  elements~\cite{paulin-tlca}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2499  | 
|
| 14154 | 2500  | 
\item Theory \isa{Acc} inductively defines the accessible part of a
 | 
| 6592 | 2501  | 
  relation~\cite{paulin-tlca}.
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2502  | 
|
| 14154 | 2503  | 
\item Theory \isa{Comb} defines the datatype of combinators and
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2504  | 
inductively defines contraction and parallel contraction. It goes on to  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2505  | 
prove the Church-Rosser Theorem. This case study follows Camilleri and  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2506  | 
  Melham~\cite{camilleri92}.
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2507  | 
|
| 14154 | 2508  | 
\item Theory \isa{LList} defines lazy lists and a coinduction
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2509  | 
principle for proving equations between them.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2510  | 
\end{itemize}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2511  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2512  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2513  | 
\section{A proof about powersets}\label{sec:ZF-pow-example}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2514  | 
To demonstrate high-level reasoning about subsets, let us prove the  | 
| 14154 | 2515  | 
equation ${\isa{Pow}(A)\cap \isa{Pow}(B)}= \isa{Pow}(A\cap B)$.  Compared
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2516  | 
with first-order logic, set theory involves a maze of rules, and theorems  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2517  | 
have many different proofs. Attempting other proofs of the theorem might  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2518  | 
be instructive. This proof exploits the lattice properties of  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2519  | 
intersection. It also uses the monotonicity of the powerset operation,  | 
| 14154 | 2520  | 
from \isa{ZF/mono.ML}:
 | 
2521  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2522  | 
\tdx{Pow_mono}:     A \isasymsubseteq B ==> Pow(A) \isasymsubseteq Pow(B)
 | 
|
2523  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2524  | 
We enter the goal and make the first step, which breaks the equation into  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2525  | 
two inclusions by extensionality:\index{*equalityI theorem}
 | 
| 14154 | 2526  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2527  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ "Pow(A\ Int\ B)\ =\ Pow(A)\ Int\ Pow(B)"\isanewline
 | 
|
2528  | 
\ 1.\ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)\ =\ Pow(A)\ \isasyminter \ Pow(B)\isanewline  | 
|
2529  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ equalityI)\isanewline
 | 
|
2530  | 
\ 1.\ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)\ \isasymsubseteq \ Pow(A)\ \isasyminter \ Pow(B)\isanewline  | 
|
2531  | 
\ 2.\ Pow(A)\ \isasyminter \ Pow(B)\ \isasymsubseteq \ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)  | 
|
2532  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2533  | 
Both inclusions could be tackled straightforwardly using \isa{subsetI}.
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2534  | 
A shorter proof results from noting that intersection forms the greatest  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2535  | 
lower bound:\index{*Int_greatest theorem}
 | 
| 14154 | 2536  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2537  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ Int\_greatest)\isanewline
 | 
|
2538  | 
\ 1.\ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)\ \isasymsubseteq \ Pow(A)\isanewline  | 
|
2539  | 
\ 2.\ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)\ \isasymsubseteq \ Pow(B)\isanewline  | 
|
2540  | 
\ 3.\ Pow(A)\ \isasyminter \ Pow(B)\ \isasymsubseteq \ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)  | 
|
2541  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2542  | 
Subgoal~1 follows by applying the monotonicity of \isa{Pow} to $A\int
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2543  | 
B\subseteq A$; subgoal~2 follows similarly:  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2544  | 
\index{*Int_lower1 theorem}\index{*Int_lower2 theorem}
 | 
| 14154 | 2545  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2546  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ Int\_lower1\ [THEN\ Pow\_mono])\isanewline
 | 
|
2547  | 
\ 1.\ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)\ \isasymsubseteq \ Pow(B)\isanewline  | 
|
2548  | 
\ 2.\ Pow(A)\ \isasyminter \ Pow(B)\ \isasymsubseteq \ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)  | 
|
2549  | 
\isanewline  | 
|
2550  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ Int\_lower2\ [THEN\ Pow\_mono])\isanewline
 | 
|
2551  | 
\ 1.\ Pow(A)\ \isasyminter \ Pow(B)\ \isasymsubseteq \ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)  | 
|
2552  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2553  | 
We are left with the opposite inclusion, which we tackle in the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2554  | 
straightforward way:\index{*subsetI theorem}
 | 
| 14154 | 2555  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2556  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ subsetI)\isanewline
 | 
|
2557  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x.\ x\ \isasymin \ Pow(A)\ \isasyminter \ Pow(B)\ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymin \ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)  | 
|
2558  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2559  | 
The subgoal is to show $x\in \isa{Pow}(A\cap B)$ assuming $x\in\isa{Pow}(A)\cap \isa{Pow}(B)$; eliminating this assumption produces two
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2560  | 
subgoals.  The rule \tdx{IntE} treats the intersection like a conjunction
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2561  | 
instead of unfolding its definition.  | 
| 14154 | 2562  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2563  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (erule\ IntE)\isanewline
 | 
|
2564  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x.\ \isasymlbrakk x\ \isasymin \ Pow(A);\ x\ \isasymin \ Pow(B)\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymin \ Pow(A\ \isasyminter \ B)  | 
|
2565  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2566  | 
The next step replaces the \isa{Pow} by the subset
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2567  | 
relation~($\subseteq$).\index{*PowI theorem}
 | 
| 14154 | 2568  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2569  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ PowI)\isanewline
 | 
|
2570  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x.\ \isasymlbrakk x\ \isasymin \ Pow(A);\ x\ \isasymin \ Pow(B)\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymsubseteq \ A\ \isasyminter \ B%  | 
|
2571  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2572  | 
We perform the same replacement in the assumptions. This is a good  | 
| 14154 | 2573  | 
demonstration of the tactic \ttindex{drule}:\index{*PowD theorem}
 | 
2574  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2575  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (drule\ PowD)+\isanewline
 | 
|
2576  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x.\ \isasymlbrakk x\ \isasymsubseteq \ A;\ x\ \isasymsubseteq \ B\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymsubseteq \ A\ \isasyminter \ B%  | 
|
2577  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2578  | 
The assumptions are that $x$ is a lower bound of both $A$ and~$B$, but  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2579  | 
$A\int B$ is the greatest lower bound:\index{*Int_greatest theorem}
 | 
| 14154 | 2580  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2581  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ Int\_greatest)\isanewline
 | 
|
2582  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x.\ \isasymlbrakk x\ \isasymsubseteq \ A;\ x\ \isasymsubseteq \ B\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymsubseteq \ A\isanewline  | 
|
2583  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymAnd x.\ \isasymlbrakk x\ \isasymsubseteq \ A;\ x\ \isasymsubseteq \ B\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymsubseteq \ B%  | 
|
2584  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2585  | 
To conclude the proof, we clear up the trivial subgoals:  | 
| 14154 | 2586  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2587  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (assumption+)\isanewline
 | 
|
2588  | 
\isacommand{done}%
 | 
|
2589  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2590  | 
||
2591  | 
We could have performed this proof instantly by calling  | 
|
2592  | 
\ttindex{blast}:
 | 
|
2593  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2594  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ "Pow(A\ Int\ B)\ =\ Pow(A)\ Int\ Pow(B)"\isanewline
 | 
|
2595  | 
\isacommand{by}
 | 
|
2596  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2597  | 
Past researchers regarded this as a difficult proof, as indeed it is if all  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2598  | 
the symbols are replaced by their definitions.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2599  | 
\goodbreak  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2600  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2601  | 
\section{Monotonicity of the union operator}
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2602  | 
For another example, we prove that general union is monotonic:  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2603  | 
${C\subseteq D}$ implies $\bigcup(C)\subseteq \bigcup(D)$.  To begin, we
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2604  | 
tackle the inclusion using \tdx{subsetI}:
 | 
| 14154 | 2605  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2606  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ "C\isasymsubseteq D\ ==>\ Union(C)\
 | 
|
2607  | 
\isasymsubseteq \ Union(D)"\isanewline  | 
|
2608  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ subsetI)\isanewline
 | 
|
2609  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x.\ \isasymlbrakk C\ \isasymsubseteq \ D;\ x\ \isasymin \ \isasymUnion C\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymin \ \isasymUnion D%  | 
|
2610  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2611  | 
Big union is like an existential quantifier --- the occurrence in the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2612  | 
assumptions must be eliminated early, since it creates parameters.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2613  | 
\index{*UnionE theorem}
 | 
| 14154 | 2614  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2615  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (erule\ UnionE)\isanewline
 | 
|
2616  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x\ B.\ \isasymlbrakk C\ \isasymsubseteq \ D;\ x\ \isasymin \ B;\ B\ \isasymin \ C\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymin \ \isasymUnion D%  | 
|
2617  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2618  | 
Now we may apply \tdx{UnionI}, which creates an unknown involving the
 | 
| 14154 | 2619  | 
parameters.  To show \isa{x\ \isasymin \ \isasymUnion D} it suffices to show that~\isa{x} belongs
 | 
2620  | 
to some element, say~\isa{?B2(x,B)}, of~\isa{D}\@.
 | 
|
2621  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2622  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ UnionI)\isanewline
 | 
|
2623  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x\ B.\ \isasymlbrakk C\ \isasymsubseteq \ D;\ x\ \isasymin \ B;\ B\ \isasymin \ C\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ ?B2(x,\ B)\ \isasymin \ D\isanewline  | 
|
2624  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymAnd x\ B.\ \isasymlbrakk C\ \isasymsubseteq \ D;\ x\ \isasymin \ B;\ B\ \isasymin \ C\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymin \ ?B2(x,\ B)  | 
|
2625  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2626  | 
Combining the rule \tdx{subsetD} with the assumption \isa{C\ \isasymsubseteq \ D} yields 
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2627  | 
$\Var{a}\in C \Imp \Var{a}\in D$, which reduces subgoal~1.  Note that
 | 
| 14154 | 2628  | 
\isa{erule} removes the subset assumption.
 | 
2629  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2630  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (erule\ subsetD)\isanewline
 | 
|
2631  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x\ B.\ \isasymlbrakk x\ \isasymin \ B;\ B\ \isasymin \ C\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ ?B2(x,\ B)\ \isasymin \ C\isanewline  | 
|
2632  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymAnd x\ B.\ \isasymlbrakk C\ \isasymsubseteq \ D;\ x\ \isasymin \ B;\ B\ \isasymin \ C\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymin \ ?B2(x,\ B)  | 
|
2633  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2634  | 
The rest is routine.  Observe how the first call to \isa{assumption}
 | 
|
2635  | 
instantiates \isa{?B2(x,B)} to~\isa{B}\@.
 | 
|
2636  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2637  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ assumption\ \isanewline
 | 
|
2638  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymAnd x\ B.\ \isasymlbrakk C\ \isasymsubseteq \ D;\ x\ \isasymin \ B;\ B\ \isasymin \ C\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ x\ \isasymin \ B%  | 
|
2639  | 
\isanewline  | 
|
2640  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ assumption\ \isanewline
 | 
|
2641  | 
No\ subgoals!\isanewline  | 
|
2642  | 
\isacommand{done}%
 | 
|
2643  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2644  | 
Again, \isa{blast} can prove this theorem in one step.
 | 
|
2645  | 
||
2646  | 
The theory \isa{ZF/equalities.thy} has many similar proofs.  Reasoning about
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2647  | 
general intersection can be difficult because of its anomalous behaviour on  | 
| 14154 | 2648  | 
the empty set.  However, \isa{blast} copes well with these.  Here is
 | 
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2649  | 
a typical example, borrowed from Devlin~\cite[page 12]{devlin79}:
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2650  | 
\[ a\in C \,\Imp\, \inter@{x\in C} \Bigl(A(x) \int B(x)\Bigr) =        
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2651  | 
       \Bigl(\inter@{x\in C} A(x)\Bigr)  \int  
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2652  | 
       \Bigl(\inter@{x\in C} B(x)\Bigr)  \]
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2653  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2654  | 
\section{Low-level reasoning about functions}
 | 
| 14154 | 2655  | 
The derived rules \isa{lamI}, \isa{lamE}, \isa{lam_type}, \isa{beta}
 | 
2656  | 
and \isa{eta} support reasoning about functions in a
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2657  | 
$\lambda$-calculus style. This is generally easier than regarding  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2658  | 
functions as sets of ordered pairs. But sometimes we must look at the  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2659  | 
underlying representation, as in the following proof  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2660  | 
of~\tdx{fun_disjoint_apply1}.  This states that if $f$ and~$g$ are
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2661  | 
functions with disjoint domains~$A$ and~$C$, and if $a\in A$, then  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2662  | 
$(f\un g)`a = f`a$:  | 
| 14154 | 2663  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2664  | 
\isacommand{lemma}\ "[|\ a\ \isasymin \ A;\ \ f\ \isasymin \ A->B;\ \ g\ \isasymin \ C->D;\ \ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\ |]
 | 
|
2665  | 
\isanewline  | 
|
2666  | 
\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ==>\ (f\ \isasymunion \ g)`a\ =\ f`a"  | 
|
2667  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2668  | 
Using \tdx{apply_equality}, we reduce the equality to reasoning about
 | 
| 14154 | 2669  | 
ordered pairs.  The second subgoal is to verify that \isa{f\ \isasymunion \ g} is a function, since
 | 
2670  | 
\isa{Pi(?A,?B)} denotes a dependent function space.
 | 
|
2671  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2672  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ apply\_equality)\isanewline
 | 
|
2673  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \isanewline  | 
|
2674  | 
\isaindent{\ 1.\ }\isasymLongrightarrow \ \isasymlangle a,\ f\ `\ a\isasymrangle \ \isasymin \ f\ \isasymunion \ g\isanewline
 | 
|
2675  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \isanewline  | 
|
2676  | 
\isaindent{\ 2.\ }\isasymLongrightarrow \ f\ \isasymunion \ g\ \isasymin \ Pi(?A,\ ?B)
 | 
|
2677  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2678  | 
We must show that the pair belongs to~$f$ or~$g$; by~\tdx{UnI1} we
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2679  | 
choose~$f$:  | 
| 14154 | 2680  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2681  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ UnI1)\isanewline
 | 
|
2682  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ \isasymlangle a,\ f\ `\ a\isasymrangle \ \isasymin \ f\isanewline  | 
|
2683  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \isanewline  | 
|
2684  | 
\isaindent{\ 2.\ }\isasymLongrightarrow \ f\ \isasymunion \ g\ \isasymin \ Pi(?A,\ ?B)
 | 
|
2685  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2686  | 
To show $\pair{a,f`a}\in f$ we use \tdx{apply_Pair}, which is
 | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2687  | 
essentially the converse of \tdx{apply_equality}:
 | 
| 14154 | 2688  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2689  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ apply\_Pair)\isanewline
 | 
|
2690  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ f\ \isasymin \ Pi(?A2,?B2)\isanewline  | 
|
2691  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ a\ \isasymin \ ?A2\isanewline  | 
|
2692  | 
\ 3.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \isanewline  | 
|
2693  | 
\isaindent{\ 3.\ }\isasymLongrightarrow \ f\ \isasymunion \ g\ \isasymin \ Pi(?A,\ ?B)
 | 
|
2694  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2695  | 
Using the assumptions $f\in A\to B$ and $a\in A$, we solve the two subgoals  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2696  | 
from \tdx{apply_Pair}.  Recall that a $\Pi$-set is merely a generalized
 | 
| 14154 | 2697  | 
function space, and observe that~{\tt?A2} gets instantiated to~\isa{A}.
 | 
2698  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2699  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ assumption\ \isanewline
 | 
|
2700  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ a\ \isasymin \ A\isanewline  | 
|
2701  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \isanewline  | 
|
2702  | 
\isaindent{\ 2.\ }\isasymLongrightarrow \ f\ \isasymunion \ g\ \isasymin \ Pi(?A,\ ?B)
 | 
|
2703  | 
\isanewline  | 
|
2704  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ assumption\ \isanewline
 | 
|
2705  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \isanewline  | 
|
2706  | 
\isaindent{\ 1.\ }\isasymLongrightarrow \ f\ \isasymunion \ g\ \isasymin \ Pi(?A,\ ?B)
 | 
|
2707  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2708  | 
To construct functions of the form $f\un g$, we apply  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2709  | 
\tdx{fun_disjoint_Un}:
 | 
| 14154 | 2710  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
2711  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ (rule\ fun\_disjoint\_Un)\isanewline
 | 
|
2712  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ f\ \isasymin \ ?A3\ \isasymrightarrow \ ?B3\isanewline  | 
|
2713  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ g\ \isasymin \ ?C3\ \isasymrightarrow \ ?D3\isanewline  | 
|
2714  | 
\ 3.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ ?A3\ \isasyminter \ ?C3\ =\ 0  | 
|
2715  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2716  | 
The remaining subgoals are instances of the assumptions. Again, observe how  | 
| 14154 | 2717  | 
unknowns become instantiated:  | 
2718  | 
\begin{isabelle}
 | 
|
2719  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ assumption\ \isanewline
 | 
|
2720  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ g\ \isasymin \ ?C3\ \isasymrightarrow \ ?D3\isanewline  | 
|
2721  | 
\ 2.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ A\ \isasyminter \ ?C3\ =\ 0  | 
|
2722  | 
\isanewline  | 
|
2723  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ assumption\ \isanewline
 | 
|
2724  | 
\ 1.\ \isasymlbrakk a\ \isasymin \ A;\ f\ \isasymin \ A\ \isasymrightarrow \ B;\ g\ \isasymin \ C\ \isasymrightarrow \ D;\ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0\isasymrbrakk \ \isasymLongrightarrow \ A\ \isasyminter \ C\ =\ 0  | 
|
2725  | 
\isanewline  | 
|
2726  | 
\isacommand{apply}\ assumption\ \isanewline
 | 
|
2727  | 
No\ subgoals!\isanewline  | 
|
2728  | 
\isacommand{done}
 | 
|
2729  | 
\end{isabelle}
 | 
|
2730  | 
See the theories \isa{ZF/func.thy} and \isa{ZF/WF.thy} for more
 | 
|
| 
6121
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2731  | 
examples of reasoning about functions.  | 
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2732  | 
|
| 
 
5fe77b9b5185
the separate FOL and ZF logics manual, with new material on datatypes and
 
paulson 
parents:  
diff
changeset
 | 
2733  | 
\index{set theory|)}
 |